Cadillac 1993 Seville Owners Manual Owner's

: Cadillac Cadillac-1993-Cadillac-Seville-Owners-Manual-813353 cadillac-1993-cadillac-seville-owners-manual-813353 cadillac pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 407

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

1 1.

n
SEVILLE

OWWES LITERATURE
'THIS MANUAL IS A REPLICATION.
IT IS NOT AN ORIGINAL.

H3026

3

PENALTY O F
LEADERSHIP
I

N every field of human endeavor, he that is first must perpetually live

in the white light of publicity. VWhether the leadership be vested
in a man or in a manufactured product, emulation and envy are ever at
work. TIn art. in literature, in music, in industry, the reward and the
punishment are always the same. VThe reward is widespread recognition; the punishment, fierce denial and detraction. TWhen a man's
work becomes a standard for the whole world, it also becomes a target
for the shafts of the envious few. BIf his work be merely mediocre, he
will be left severely alone - if he achieve a masterpiece, it willset a million
tongues a-wagging. vealousy does not protrude its forked tongue at
the artist who produces a commonplace painting. VWhatsoeveryou
write, or paint, or play, or sing, or build, no one will strive tosurpass, or
to slander you, unless your work be stamped with the seal of genius.
l b n g , long after a great work or a good work has been done, those who
are disappointed or envious continue to cry out thatit can not be done.
ISpiteful little voices in the domain of art were raised against our own
Whistler as a mountebank, long after the big world had acclaimed him
its greatest artisticgenius. fMultitudes flocked to Bayreuth to worship
at themusical shrine of Wagner, whilethe little group of those whom he
had dethroned and displaced argued angrily that he was no musician at
all. TThe little world continued to protest that h l t o n could never
build a steamboat, while the big world flocked to the river banks to see
his boat steam by. YThe leader is assailed because he is a leader, and
the effort to equalhim is merely added proof of that leadership. qFailing
to equalor to excel, the follower seeks to depreciate andto destroy -but
only confirms once more the superiority of that which he strives to
supplant. (There is nothing new in this. (It is as old as the world
and asold as the human passions -envy, fear, greed, ambition, and the
desire to surpass. IAnd it all avails nothing. BIf theleadertruly
leads, he remains -the leader. TIMaster-poet, masterpainter, master
workman, each in his turn is assailed, and each holds hislaurels through
the ages. ?That which is goad or great makes itself known, no matter
how loud the clamor of denial. TThat which deserves to live- lives.

CCaddac Motor C a r
'

APPEARED AS AN ADVERTISEMENT'

IN1 THE SATURDAY EVENING POST

Co. Detmit,

Mich.)

n JANUARYZND, IN THE YEAR 191s 1COPYRIOHT. CADILLAC MOTOR CAR DIVISION

P

!
1

r
r
I

t

P
I

F

P

.

I

e

... \.

Henry M. Leland, founder of Cadillac, stands beside the
2905 “Osceola” which QUUS built to evaluate the
feasibility of a closed bodied car.

Henry M. Leland, known as the

Club of England awarded the pres-

master of precision, initiated his pre-

tigious

cision manufacturing techniques at

to Cadillac twice
first in 1908 for achieving

the founding of Cadillac
in1902.Hisexacting

perfect interchangeability

,A

motto by which Cadillac

and again in 1912
I offorparts
introducing the elec-

has been guidedover the

tric self starter, electric

standards prompted the

I

years - "Craftsmanship

lighting and ignition

A Creed -Accuracy A

system.

Law!'

Cadillac is the only
The introduction of

American manufacturer

the first four cylinder en-

to win this honor and the

gine in 1905 led the industry and

only manufacturer in theworld to win

enabled Cadillacs to travel at speeds

it twice. As commonplace as stan-

up to 50 mph.

dardized parts aretoday, in 1908 parts

For attention to qualityand
novation,theRoyalAutomobile

in-

werestillindividuallyhandfitted

both in productionand service.

I
I

-

Standardization opened theeyes of
the industrial world and was the cor-

I

ner-stone of modern assembly line

production. From this achievement
as
evolvedthereferencetoCadillac
"Standard of the World:'

"..::

In 1909 Cadillac was purchased

by the then new General Motors
Corporation. Convenience, cleanliness and all-weather comfort were
greatly enhanced in 1910 when Cadillac became the first manufacturer
to offer closed bodies

as standard

equipment.

45 O V-16 Engine
service policy, securityplateglass,
chrome plating and the first car to
be designed by a stylist (1927 La-

"The Penalty of Leadership"

Salle/Harley Earl). The

'30s wit-

first appeared in the January 2, 1915

nessed production of the smooth and

issue of The Saturday Evening Post

quiet V12 and V I 6 engines.
The crisp, contemporary lines of the

as an expression of the Cadillac commitment to leadership, quality, and
innovation. It is widely regarded as
one of the finest documents ever
written and was published following
the introduction of the first production
I.

\'S c n g i n c Thc \ ' <
:.
II

. :<. I .

* ..

) I

I,!

l b d : ;

<:I

\ v a s st;lnI

1

1938 60 Special series ushered in a
new era in styling.
During World War 11, shortly
after Pearl Harbor, Cadillac discontinued car production for the first
time since 1902 in order to construct

, I

, % ; ; I ! I,

.i

*

, .
.

W

1931 V-16Sport Phaeton

. .

For the 1948 model, Cadillac
introduced the
which set the trend in autonlotive
stylingfornearly two decades. This
was followed by the 1949 model with
the two door hardtop CoupeDeVille

prado,l i n t r o d ui nc e d
1953, was redesigned for 1967 as the
first front wheel drive personal lux-

a n d the modern overhead valve,

ury car. The 472 cu. in. V8 engine

high compression V8 engine.

used in all Cadillacs in

Engineering innovations, conveniences and styling dominated the

1969 was enlarged to 500 cu. in. for

stainless steel roof a n d low profile
tires.
r'

t

,

The
..
.

.

:

... . ...,:

1968 a n d

'50s a n d '60s. Cruise control, auto-

all 1970 Eldorados.
A n Air Cushion Restraint Sys-

matic climate control, tilt a n d
telescoping steering wheels, twilight
sentinel and four door hard tops all

tem (airbag) was available for 1974,
1975 and 1976 Cadillacs.
Analog Electronic Fuel Injec-

debuted in these years. In 1957 the
Eldorado Brougham featured ad-

tion was available, on 1975 Cadillacs
and was standard on the new inter-

vances such as air suspension, mem-

national size 7976 Seville. In 1978,

ory seat, automatic electric door

the Trip Computer option incor-

locks, transistor radio, a brushed

porated an on-boardmicroprocessor.

1957 Eldorado Brougham

This rich tradition continues
into the '90s as Cadillac became the
first automobile manufacturer to be
awarded the prestigious Malcolm
Baldrige National Quality Award.

A 1993 Cadillac Allant6 in stock
technical configuration, was selected
as thepace car for the 76th Indianapolis 500. The demanding pace car
performance and handling requirements were met because of such
32 valve,
advanced systems as the
dual overhead camshaft, Northstar
4.6 liter V8 engine, 4t80 E electronically controlled automatic transaxle,
road sensing suspension, speed sensitive steering, antilock brakes and
traction control.

The 1992 Seville STS is the first
car ever to win all three major auto-

For more t h a n nine decades

of the Year,

Cadillac has been a leader in quality

Motor Trend; Ten Best List, Car &

and technical innovation. Now more

Driver; Car of the Year, Automobile
Magazine.

than ever, substance takes shape

motive awards: Car

F

6

P

4

c

This Cadillac Manual is divided into major sections.

Introduction - How to use this Manual

.....................

This sectiontells you how to use your Manual and includes
Safety and Vehicle Damage Warnings and Symbols

Section 1 - Seats and Safety Belts

.........................

This section tells you how to use your seats and safety
belts properly.

........................

11

61

I
Section 3 - Comfort Controls and Audio Systems .......... 146 I
Section 2 - Features and Controls

This section explains how.to startand operate your Cadillac.

63

This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and
comfort controlsand how to operate your Sound System.

................... 165 I

Section 4 - Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the
road and how to drive under different conditions.

.......................

Section 5 - Problems on the Road
This section tells you what to do if you have a problem

220

I

261

I

while driving, such as a flat tire, or engine overheating.

.................

Section 6 - Service and Appearance Care
Here themanual tells you how to keep your Cadillac
running properly andlooking good.

For more information on “Reporting SafetyDefects”, see Owner
Assistance, Page 7.
First Edition

THE 1993 SEVILLE AND STS LITERATURE

Please keep this literature in your Cadillac, so it will be thereif you ever
need it when you’re on the road.If you sell the vehicle, please leave this
book in it so the new owner can useit.

FOR C’ANADIAN O W E R S WHO PREFER A FRENCH
LANGUAGE M4lVUAL:
Aux propriittaires canadiens:Vous pouvez vous procurer un exemplaire
de ce guide enfranqais chez votre concessionaire ou au
DGN Marketing
Services Ltd., 1500 Bonhill Rd., Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1C7.
This literatureincludes the latest information at thetime it was printed.
We reserve the right to makechanges in the product after that time
without further notice. For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the
name “General Motorsof Canada Limited” forCadillac Motor Car
Division whenever it appears in this literature.
GENERAL MOTORS,GM and the GM Emblem, CADILLAC, andthe
CADILLAC Emblem are registered trademarks of General Motors
Corporation.

6 Copyright General Motors Corporation1992. All Rights Reserved.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Many people read theirowner’s manual from beginning to endwhen they
first receive their new vehicle. This will help you learn about the features
and controls for
your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll find that pictures and
words work together toexplain things quickly.

I

INDEX A good place to look for whatyou need is the Index in back of
the manual.It’s an alphabetical list of all that’s in the manual, and the
page number whereyou’ll find it.

SAFETY ‘WARNINGSAND SI7wIBOLS
You will find a number of safety cautions in this book. We use yellow and
the word CAUTION totell you about things that could hurt you if you
were toignore the warning.

A CAUTION:
These mean there is something that couid hurt you or other
people.

3

In the yellow caution area, we tell you what the hazard is. Then we tell
you what to do tohelp avoid or reduce the hazard. Please read these
cautions. If you don’t, you or otherscould be hurt.
You will also finda red circle with aslash through it in this book. This
safety symbol means “Don’t,’’ “Don’t do this,” or “Don’t let this happen.”

1

Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this book you will find these blue notices:

NOTICE:
These mean there 3s sometiring that could damage your vehicle.
In the blue notice area,
we tell you about something thatcan damage
your vehicle. Many times, this damagewould not be covered by your
warranty, andit could be costly. But the noticewill tell you what to do to
help avoid the damage.
When you read othermanuals, you might see CAUTIONand NOTICE
warnings in different colorsor in different words. In this manual,we’ve
used the familiar words and colors that Cadillac
has used for years.
You’ll also see warning labels on your vehicle. They use the same colors,
and the words CAUTION orNOTICE.

2

Ehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you will find on your vehicle. For example,
these symbols are used on an original battery:

A
PROTECT EYES
BY SHIELDING

CAUTION
POSSIBLE INJURY

8
AVOID SPARKS
OR FLAMES

BA'TTERY ACID

COULD

I
DOOR LOCK UNLOCK

1

POWER
WINDOW

FASTEN
SEAT
BELTS

3

I

These symbolshave to do with your lights:

MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH

A
HAZARD WARNIYG
FLASHER

$0
I

These symbols are on some of your controls:
d- #b

Q

ww
I

WINDSHIELD
WIPER &WASHER

WINDSHIELD
WASHER

IH
WINDSHIELD
DEFROSTER

Y

u

I

REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER

II

VENTILATING FAN

I

HEADLAMP
WASHER WIPER

4

These symbols are used on warning and indicator lights:

I

I

I

ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE

I
BRAKE

CHAAGlNG

I

ENGINE OIL

FUEL

PRESSURE

RADIATOR
COOL ANT

~~

ENGINE OIL
TEMPERATURE

ANTILOCK BRAKE

I

Here are some other symbols you may see:

L
RAOIO SELECTOR

RADIO V O L U M E

!t-l

i

.-

--

1
5

AIR
CONDITIONING

I

SEATS AND SAFETY BELTS
Here you’ll find information about the seatsin your Cadillac, your
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (“air bag”)
system and how to use your
safety belts properly.You can also learn about somethings you should
not do with safety belts.

SEATS AND SEAT CONTROLS
This sectiontells you about the seats-- how to adjust them,and also
about reclining front seatbacks, lumbar adjustments, heated seats,
and
head restraints.

Power Seat Control

The power seat control switch is located on the outboard sideof the seat
cushion.
The power control switch moves the seatfoward and backward, up and
down, and adjusts the angleof the seat.

6

Power Seat
0

0

0

Move the front of
the switch in the
direction of the
arrows to make the
front partof the
cushion move up or
down.
Move the rear of
the switch in the
direction of the
arrows to make the
rear partof the
cushion move up or
down.

Move the whole switch in the direction of both arrows to move the
seat up or down.
Move the switch forward or backward to move the whole seat forward
or backward.

Power Seatback Recliner
Move the switch in the
direction of the arrow
to move the seatback
forward or backward.

7

I

But don’t have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving.

A CAUTION:
Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is fn motion can
be dangerous. Even if you buckle up, your safety belts can’t do
their job when you’re redined like this.

r

The shoulder belt can’t do its job because it won’t be against
your body. Instead, it will be in frontof you. In a crash you could
go into it, receiving neckor other injuries,
The lay belt can’t do its job either. In a crash the belt could go
up over p u r abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at
your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear your
safety belt properly.

8

LumbarlHeated Seats

Lumbar Control Option
If you have this feature, you can change the shapeof the driver and
passenger seats. Itworks independently of the other seatcontrols. Use
the power seat controlfirst to get the properposition. Then proceedwith
the lumbar adjustment.
The LUMBAR controlswitches are located on the center console.You
can control either theDR (Driver) or PASS (Passenger) seat.
Move the switch A to increase support or to decrease support to
reshape thelower seatback.
Push the switch UP orDN (down) to raise or lower the support
mechanism to suit your preference.
Heated Seat Option
Move the switch to either LOor HI to turn on the
heating element in the
seat.
Designed primarily for use on damp and chilly days,the LO setting
warms the seatback andcushion until the seat approximatesbody
temperature. Oncolder days, the HI setting heats the seatsto an even

9

higher temperature. To prevent uncomfortable overheating
of the seats,
the heating elements are thermostatically regulated to automatically
maintain the temperature at the selected
setting. A telltale light in the
control switch reminds you that the heatingsystem is in use. To preserve
the battery, the heated seats
can only be used when the ignition is turned
on, and are deactivatedwhen the ignition is turned off.

Head Restraints

I

h

Slide the head restraint up or
down so that the topof the restraintis
closest to the top
of your ears.
of a neck injury ina crash. The head
This position reduces the chance
restraints tilt forward and rearwardalso.

SAFETYBELTS: THEY’RE FOR EKERYONE
This part of the manual tellsyou how to use safety belts properly. It also
tells you some things you should not dowith safety belts.
And it explains the Supplemental Inflatable Restraint,
or “air bag”
system.

10

-.

A CAUTION:
Don’t let anyone ride where they cadt wear a safety beIt
properly. If you are in a crash and you’re not wearing a safety
belt, your injuries can be much worse, You can hit things inside
the vehicle or be ejected from it. You can be seriously injured or
killed. i n the same crash, you might notbe if you are buckled
up. Always fasten your safety belt, and check that your
passengers’ belts are fastenedproperly too.

c

This figurelights up when you turn the key to “Run” or “Start”
when
your safety belt isn’t buckled, andyou’ll hear a chime,too. It’s the
reminder to buckle up.
In many states and Canadianprovinces, the law says to wear safety belts.
Here’s why: They work.
You never know if you’ll be in a crash. If you do have a crash,you don’t
know if it will be a bad one.
A few crashes arevery mild. In them, you won’t get hurt even if you’re
not buckled up. And some crashescan be so serious, like being hit by a
train, that even buckled up a personwouldn’t survive. But most crashes
are in between. In many of them, peoplewho buckle up can survive and
sometimes walk away. Without belts theycould be badly hurt or killed.
After 25 years of safety beltsin vehicles, the factsare clear. In most
crashes buckling up does matter ... a lot!

Why Safety Belts Work
When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as it goes.
For example, if the
bike is going 10 mph
(16 km/h), so is the
child.

'f

12

Take the simplest
“vehicle.” Suppose it’s
just a seat on wheels.
-1

13

Put someone on it.

Get it up to speed.
Then stop the “car.”
The rider doesn’t stop.

”....._.,...._.._.__..,_
...~
.L. .^_ ”

-.
...._,

.--_

..
-. .... .. . _...

F

The person keeps
going until stopped
by something.
In a realvehicle, it
could be the
windshield ...

F
L

C

or the instrument
panel ...

c

15

or the safety belts!

d

c

.

.

”

..

With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicle does. You get more time
to stop.You stop over more distance, and your strongest bones take the
forces. That’s why safety belts make such good sense.

HERE ARE QUESTIONS lMANy PEOPLE
ASKABOUT SAFETYBELTS --AND THE
ANSWERS
Q:

Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle afler anaccident if I’m wearing a safety
belt?

A:

You could be -- whether you’re wearing a safety belt or not. But you
can easily unbuckle a safety belt, even if you’re upside down. And
your chance of being conscious during and after an accident, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted.

-

-

Qt

Why don’t theyjust put in airbags so people won’t have to wear safety
belts?

A:

‘Air bags,” or Supplemental Inflatable Restraint systems, are in some
vehicles today and will be in more of them in the future.But they are
supplemental systems only -- so they work with safety belts, not
instead of them. Every “air bag” system ever offered for sale has

16

required theuse of safety belts.Even if you're in a vehicle that has''
air bags," YOU still have to buckle upto get the most protection.
That's true notonly infrontal collisions, but especially in side and
other collisions.

Q: IfI'm a good driver,

andI never drivefarfiom home, why shouldI wear

safety belts?

A:

r

P

r
r
r

I:
r

You may be an excellent driver, but if you're in an accident -- even
one thatisn't your fault -- you and your passengers can be hurt.
Being a good driver doesn't protectyou from things beyond your
control, such as baddrivers.

Most accidents occurwithin 25 miles (40 km) of home. And the greatest
lessof
than 40 mph
number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds
(65 km/h).
Safety belts are for everyone.

Safety Belt Reminder Light
I

HOW TO WEAR SAFETYBELTS PROPERLY
Adults
This sectionis onlyfor people of adult size.

A
:

CAUTION

There are special things to know (about safety belts and
children; And there are dffferent rules for babies and smaller
children. If a child will1 be riding in your Cadillac, see the
section after his one, called “Children? Follow those rules for
eveqme’s protection.

First, you’ll want to know whichrestraint systems your vehicle has.
We’ll start with the driver position.

D m R POSITION
This section describes thedriver’s restraint system.

18

Lap-Shoulder Belt

The driver has a lap-shoulderbelt. Here’s how to wear it properly.
1. Close and lock the door.

2. Adjust the seat (to seehow, see “Seats” in the Index) so you can sit up
straight.

19

3. Pick up the latch
plate andpull the
belt across you.
Don’t let it get
twisted.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.
If the belt isn’t long enough, see“Safety Belt Extender” at the endof
this section.

Make sure the release button
on the buckle faces upward or outward
so you would be able to unbuckle it quickly if you ever had to.

20

u

The lappart of the belt should be worn low and snugon the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,this applies forceto the strong pelvic
bones. And you’d be less likelyto slide under the lapbelt. If you slid
under it, the belt would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulderbelt should go over the
shoulder andacross the chest. These partsof the body are best able to
take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stopor crash.

21

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
You can move the
shoulder belt adjuster
to theheight that is
right for you.

To move it up or
down, squeeze the
release handle. When
you release the
handle, try to move it
down a little to make
sure it haslocked into
position.

You can move the
adjuster up froma
lower position by
pushing the bottom
of the release handle.

22

Adjust the heightso
that the shoulder
portion of the belt is
properly positionedon
your shoulder, away
from your face and
neck.

To help you find a height thatis right for you, follow these guidelines:
For a tall person: Use the upper or upper-middle position.
For a person of average height: Use a position somewhere in the middle.
For a short person: Use thelower or lower-middle position.

23

Shoulder Belt TightnessAdjustment
Your Seville has a shoulderbelt tightness adjustment feature. If the
shoulder belt seems tootight, you can adjust it like this:
1. Sit well back in the seat.
2. Start pulling the
shoulder belt out.

J

3. Just before it
reaches the end,
give it a quick
pull.

24

4. Let the belt go back all the way. You should hear a slight clicking
sound. If you don’t, the adjustment feature won’t set, andyou’ll have
to start again.

5. Now you can add a small amount of slack. Lean forward slightly, then
sit back. If you’ve added more than1 inch (25 mm) of slack, pull the
shoulder belt out as you did before and startagain.

If you move around in the vehicle enough, or if you pull out the shoulder
belt, the belt will become tight again. If this happens, you can reset it.

25

Q: What’s wrong with this?

1

A:

The shoulder beltis too loose. Itwon’t give nearly as much
protection this way.

A

CAUTION:

Y

You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt Is too loose, In 8
crash you would move forward tu0 much, which could increase
idury, The shoulder belt should fit against your body. Don’t
allow more than 1. inch (25 mm) of slack in Seville models.

c

Y

26

Q: What’s wrong with this?

4:

The belt is buckled in the wrong place.
I

You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong
place like this. In a crash, the belt would go up over your
abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at the pelvic
bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. Always buckle
your belt into the buckle nearest you.

27

Q: What’s wrong with this?

--

u
....L
J
...... .
.
.......
.
.
.
......i I
.
L

A:

I

The shoulder beltis worn under thearm. It should be worn over the
shoulder at all times.

A CAUTION:
You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under
your arm. In a crash, your body would move too far forward,
which would increase the chance of head and neck injury. Also,
the belt would apply too much force to the ribs, which aren’t as
strong 8 s shoulder bones. You could also severely injure
internal organs Ike your h e r or spleen,

28

Q: What’s wrong with this?

A:

The belt is twisted across the body.

You can be serioudy injured by a twisted belt. In a crash, you
wouldn’t have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces.
Ifa belt is twisted, make it straight so it can work properly, o r
ask your dealer to fix it.

29

To unlatch the belt,
just pushthe button
on thebuckle. The
belt should go back
out of the way.

“. .

P

.x

.

Before you close the door, be sure thc belt is o u t of thc ~ q ’If.you slam
the door on it, you can damage both the belt and your vehicle.

SUPPLEMENTA INFLATABLE
R E S T U N T SYSTEM (AIR BAGS)
This sectionexplains the Supplemental Inflatable Restraint(SIR), or “air
bag,” system. Your Cadillac has an airbag for thedriver and for the
right-front passenger.

c

Here’s the most important thingto Know:
1

A
CAUTION:
Even with an air
if

you’re not wearing a safety belt and
you’re in a crash, your injuries may be much worse. A.irbags are

bag,

not designed to inflate in rollovers or in rear, side or low-speed
frontai crashes. You need to wear your safety belt to reduce the
chance of hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from
it, Always wear your safety belt, even with an air hag.
CAUTION: (Continued)

30

1

CAUTION: (Continued)
Air bags inflate with great force, faster than the blink
of an eye.

If you’re too close to an inflating air bag, it could seriously
injure you. Safety belts help keep you in position for an air bag
inflation in a crash. Always wear your safety belt, even with an
air bag, and the drivershould sit as far back as possible while
still maintainingcontrol of the vehicle.

A CAUTION:
An inflating air bag can seriously injure small chiIdren. Always
secure children properly in your vehicle. Tu read how, see the
“Children and Safety Belts’’ section of this manual, and read
the caution label on the front-passenger% safety belt.

Air Bag System Light
There is an air bag readinesslight on the instrument panel.The system
checks itself a n d the light tells you if there is a problem.

INFL.
REST.

. .

INFLATABLE
RESTRAINT
.

.

31

You will see this light
flash for a few seconds
when you turn your
ignition to “Run”or
“Start.” Then the light
should go o u t , which
means the system is
ready.

I

1

If the air bag readiness light doesn't come on when you start
your vehicle, or stays on, or comes on when you are driving, your
air bag system may not work properly Have your vehicle
serviced right away

How The Air Bag System Works
i

.

..

..

Where is the air bag?
The driver's air bagis in the middleof the steeringwheel. If your vehicle
has a right-front passenger airbag, it is located in the instrument panelon
the passenger's side.
When is an airbag expected to inflate?
The air bag is designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or
near-frontal crashes. The air bagwill only inflate if the velocity of the
impact is above thedesigned thresholdlevel. When impacting straight
level for most
into a wall that does not move or deform, the threshold

32

GM vehicles is between 9 and 14 mph. However, this velocity threshold
depends on the vehicle design and may be several miles-per-hour faster
or slower. In addition, this threshold
velocity willbe considerably higher if
the vehicle strikes an object such as a parked carwhich will moveand
deform onimpact. The air bag is also notdesigned to inflate in rollovers,
side impacts, or rear impacts wherethe inflation would provide no
occupant protection benefit.
In any particular crash,the determinationof whether the airbag should
have inflated cannot be basedsolely on thelevel of damage on the
vehicle(s). Inflation is determined by the angle of the impact and the
vehicle’s deceleration, of which vehicle damage is only one indication.
Repair cost is not a good indicator of whether an air bagshould have
deployed.
What makes anair bag inflate?
In a frontal or near-frontalimpact of sufficient severity, sensors
strategically located on thevehicle detect that thevehicle is suddenly
stopping as a result of a crash. These sensors complete anelectrical
circuit, triggering a chemical reaction of the sodium azide sealed in the
inflator. The reaction produces nitrogengas, which inflates a cloth bag.
The inflator, clothbag, and related hardware are
all part of the air bag
inflator modules packed inside the steeringwheel and in the instrument
panel in front of the passenger if there is a passenger air bag.
How does an airbag restrain?
In moderate tosevere fr,ontalor near-frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contactthe steeringwheel or theinstrument panel.The air
bag supplements the protection provided by safety belts. Air bags
distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant’s upper
body, stopping the occupant moregradually. But air bags would not
provide protection in many types of collisions, including rollovers and
rear andside impacts, primarily because an occupant’s motion is not
toward the air bag. Air bags should never be regarded asanything more
than a supplement tosafety belt protection in moderate tosevere frontal
and near-frontal collisions.

33

What will you see after an air bag inflation?

After theair bag has inflated, it willthen quickly deflate. This occurs so
quickly that some peoplemay not even realize that theair bag inflated.
The airbag will not impede thedriver’s visionor ability to steer the
vehicle, nor will ithinder the occupants fromexiting the vehicle. There
will be small amounts of smoke coming from vents in the deflated air
bags. Some componentsof the airbag module in the steering wheel hub
for thedriver’s air bag or the instrument panelfor the passenger’s bag
may be hot for a short time, but the portion of the bag that comes into
contact with you will not be hotto thetouch. The nitrogen gas used to
inflate the airbag will have vented intothe passenger compartment, and
the bag willbe deflatedwithin seconds after thecollision. Nitrogen makes
up about80% of the air we breathe andis not hazardous. As the nitrogen
vents from thebag, small particles are also vented into thepassenger
compartment.
In many crashes severe enough to inflate an airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation. Additionalwindshield breakage may
occur in vehicles with passenger air bags because the windshield acts as a
reaction surface for theinflating air bag.

A CAUTION:
Don’t attach anything to the steering wheel pad. It might
injure the driver if the air bag inflates.
@

Don’t set anything on or attach anything to the instrument
panel. It might injurethe passenger if the air bag inflates.

The air bags are designed to inflate onlyonce. After they
inflate, you’ll need some new parts for your air bag system. If
yau don’t get them, theair bag system won’t be there to help
protect you in another crash. A new system will include air
bag moduCes and possibly other parts
0

Let only qualified technicians work on your air bag system.
Improper servicecan mean that your air bag system won’t
work properly. See your dealer for service.

34

c

Servicing Your Cadillac with the Air Bag System

r
F

Please tell or remind anyone who works
on your Cadillacthat it hasthe
air bag system.There are parts
of the airbag systemin several places
around your vehicle.You don’t want the system to inflate while someone
is workingon your vehicle.Theair bag systemdoes not need regular
maintenance. Your Cadillacdealer and the 1993 Cadillac Service Manual
have information about theair bag system, includingrepair or disposal.

r

r

When electrical work is done under thehood or inside your vehicle, the
ignition should be in “Lock” if possible. Avoid wireswrapped with yellow
tape, or yellow connectors. Theyare probably part of the air bag system.
Your vehiclehas the driver’s air bag only.The driver’s air bag mustbe
disconnected if the ignition has to be on
for electrical workor if the the
steering column isto be disassembled. Disconnect the driver’s air bag like
this:
Turn off the ignition.

35

Remove the SIR (air bag) fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers’’ in
the Index).
Disconnect the yellow connector at thebase of the steeringcolumn.
Your vehicle also has theright-front passenger’s air bag, both the driver’s
air bag and theright-front passenger’s air bag must be disconnected if the
ignition has to be on forelectrical work, or if the steering column or
instrument panelis to be disassembled.
Your vehicle with both a driver’s air bag and a right-front passenger’s air
bag, you must disconnect both airbags. Follow the procedureabove for
the driver’s air bag, then disconnect the right-front passenger’s air bag
like this:
Turn off ignition.
0 Remove the SIR (air bag) fuse (see “Fusesand Circuit Breakers” in
the Index.
0 Remove the trap doorlocated inside the glove box.
Disconnect the yellow connector.
When the work is complete, if the air bag system wasdisconnected, be
sure to reattacheverything and replacethe fuse before turning the
ignition on. Whenyou turn theignition key on, be sure
you see the
inflatable restraint light on the instrument panel. If you don’t see this
light flash and thengo out as usual, have your air bag system repaired.

S ’ . E T Y B E L T USE DURING PREGNMCY
Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to be seriously injured if they don’t wear
safety belts.

36

c

A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and
the lapportion
should be worn as low as possible throughout thepregnancy.

The best way to protect thefetus is to protect the mother.When a safety
belt is worn properly, it’s more likely that the fetuswon’t be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making safety belts
effective is wearing them properly.

RIGHT FRONT PASSENGER POSITION

The right front passenger’s safety belt works the sameway as thedriver’s
safety belt. See “Driver Position,” earlier in this part.
When the lap portionof the belt is pulled out all the way, it will lock. If it
does, letit go back all the way and start again.

37

REAR SEAT PASSENGERS
It’s veryimportant for rear seatpassengers to buckle up! Accident
statistics show that unbelted peoplein the rear seat are
hurt more often
in crashes thanthose who are wearing safety belts.
Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can be thrown out of the vehicle
in a crash. And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing
safety belts.

Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions

u

The positions next to thewindows have lap-shoulder belts. Here’s how to
wear one properly.
1. Pick up the latch
plate andpull the
belt across you.
Don’t let it get
twisted.

L

2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.

38

P

If the belt stops
before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch
plate and keep
pulling until you can
buckle it.

F

F

c

c

c

P

If the belt is not long enough, see “Safety Belt Extender” at the end
of
this section. Make sure the release button on buckle
the faces upward
or outward so you would be able tounbuckle it quickly if you ever had
to.
c i 3. To make the lap
1
part tight, pull
down on the
buckle end of the
belt as you pull up
on the shoulder
part.

c

c

.

39
F

n

n

The lappart of the belt should be worn low and snug onthe hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash, this appliesforce to the strong pelvic
bones. Andyou’d be less likely to slide under the lap belt.If you slid
under it, the belt would apply forceat your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the
shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to
take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locksif there’s a sudden stop or a crash.

You can be seriously hurt.if your shoulder belt is too loose, In 8
crash yuu would move forward too much, which could increase
injury. The shoulder belt should fct against your body.

40

To unlatchthe
belt, just push the
button on the
buckle.

I-t .

r

CENTER PASSENGER POSITION

c

r

r

r

41

Your vehicle has a rear bench seat. Someone cansit in the center
position.
When you sit in a
center seating
position, you have a
lap safety belt, which
has no retractor. To
make the belt longer,
tilt the latch plate
and pull it alonp the
i
hl*I!.

To make the belt
shorter, pull its free
end as shown until
the belt is snug.
A

Buckle, position and releaseit the same way as the lap partof a
lap-shoulder belt. If the belt isn’t long enough, see“Safety Belt Extender”
at the endof this section.

42

.-

LI

Make sure the release button
on the buckle faces upward or outward so
you would be able to unbuckle it quickly if you ever had to.

CHILDREN

Everyone in a vehicle needs protection!That includes infants and all
children smaller than adultsize. In fact, the law in every state and
Canadian province says children up to some age
must be restrained while
in a vehicle.

43

Smaller Children and Babies

A CAUTION:
Smaller children and babies should always be restrained in a
child or infant restraint, Theinstructions for the restraint will
say whether it is the right type and size for your child, A very
young child’s hip bones are SO smatl that a regular belt might
not stay low on €hehips, as it should, Instead, the belt wi11 likely
be over the child’s abdomen. In 01 crash the belt would apply
force right on the child’s abdomen, which could cause serious or
fatal injuries, So, be sure that any child small enough for one i s
always yruperly restrainedin a child or infant restraint.

Y

A CAUTION:
Nevcr hold a baby in your arms while riding in a vehicle, A baby
doesn’t weigh much until a crash. During a crash a baby will
become so heavy you can’t hold it, For example, in a crash at
only 25 m y h (40 kmlh), a 12apound (5.5 kg)baby w4ll suddenly
become 8 240-pound (110 kg)force on your arms, The baby
would be almost impossible fo hold.
CAUTION: (Cont inrred)
0-

44

L.

”

Secure the baby in an infant restraint,
f

45

CHILD R E S T M N T S
Be sure tofollow the instructions for the restraint.You may find these
instructions on the restraintitself or in a booklet, or both. These
restraints use the belt system inyour vehicle, but thechild also has to be
secured within the restraint to help reduce the chance
of personal injury.
The instructions that comewith the infant or child restraint will showyou
how to do that.

?+%ere to Put the Restraint
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in
the rear ratherthan the front seat.We at General Motors therefore
recommend that you put your child restraint in the rear seat.NEVER put
a rear-facing child restraint in the frontpassenger seat. Here’s why:

A CAUTION:

A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured
if the right-front passenger’s air bag inflates, This is because
the back of a rear-facing child restraint would be very close to
the inflating air bag. If your vehicle has a right-frunt
passenger’s air bag, always secure a rear-facing child restraint
in the rear seat,
You may secure a fonvard-facing child restraint in the right
front seat, However, before securing a forward-facingchitd
restraint, ALWAYS move the frornt passenger seat as far back
as it will go. Or, secure the child restraint in the rear seat.
c

CAUTION:
A child in B child restraint in the frontenter seat can be
badly injured by the passenger air bag if it inflates. NWEK
use a child restraint in the fmnt-center seat.It’s ahvays better
to secure a child restmint in the rcar seat, You may, howeiq
secure a forward-facingchild restraint in the right-front
passenger seat unty with the seat moved all the way back

Wherever you install it, be sure tosecure the child restraint properly.

r
r

A CAUTION:'
An unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or
sudden stop and i@urepeople in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restmint in your vehicle even when
na.ehild is in it.
v-

Top Strap

'

I

r

~

If your child restraint
has a top strap, it
should be anchored.

I

t
r

r

I"
i

r

If you need to have an anchor installed, you can ask your Cadillacdealer
to put it in for you. If you want to install ananchor yourself, yourdealer
can tell you how to doit.
Vehicles first sold in
Canada have childrestraint anchor bracket hardware
in the glove box, along with
instructions for installing it. This should
be
used only witha child restraint, and onlyto secure a child restraint at the
center rearseating position. Additional anchor brackets for child
restraints at one orboth of the rearoutside seating positions are available
at Cadillac dealerships in Canada.

47

I

Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Position

You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt.See the earlier section about the top
strap if the child restraint has one.
1. Put the restraint on theseat. Follow the instructions for the child
restraint.
2. Secure the child in the child restraint as the instructions say.
3. Pull out the vehicle’s safety belt andrun the lap partthrough or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you
how. Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if needed.
See if the shoulder belt wouldgo in front of the child’s face or neck. If
so, putbehind
it
the child restraint.
’ .
b’
. _. .
?;,

_I

48

. -

‘i

. .

I

,

I

.>
~.

I

P

5. To tighten the
belt, pull up on
the shoulder belt
while you push
down on the child
restraint.

c

P

P

49

6. Push and pull the
child restraint in
different
directions to be
sure it is secure.

To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt and
let it go back all the way. The safety belt will move freely again and be
ready to work for anadult or larger child passenger.

Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Rear Seat
Position

When you secure a child restraint in a center seating
position, you’ll be
using the lapbelt.
See the earliersection about the top strap
if the child restraint has one.
c

50

fl
i

‘I

1. Make the belt as
long as possible by
tilting the latch
plate andpulling
it along the belt.

2. Put the restraint on the seat.Follow the instructions for the child
restraint.
3. Secure thechild in the child restraint as the instructions say.
4. Run the vehicle’s safety belt through or around the restraint. The
child
restraint instructionswill show you how.

51

r 1

Buckle the belt.
Make sure the
release button
faces upward or
outward, so you'll
be ableto
unbuckle it
quickly if you ever
need to.

6. To tighten the belt, pull its free endwhile you push down on the child
restraint.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is
secure. If the child restraint isn't secure, turn thelatch plate over and
buckle it again. Then see if it is secure. If it isn't, secure the restraint
in a differentplace in the vehicle and contact thechild restraint maker
for theiradvice.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle's safety belt. It
will be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger.

52

L

3

Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat

Your vehicle has a right-frontpassenger’s air bag. NEVER put a
rear-facing child restraint in this position. Here’s why:

A rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat could he pushed

into the seatback by the right front passenger‘s air bag if it
Inflates, A child in a rear-facing child restraint canbe seriously
injured if this happens. Always secure a rear-facing child
restraint in the rear seat.
You’ll be using the lap-shoulderbelt. See the earliersection about the top
strap if the child restraint hasone.
1. Always move the seat as far back as it will go before securing a
front-facing child restraint.
2. Put the restraint on the seat.Follow the instructions for thechild
restraint.
3. Secure the child in the child restraint as the instructionssay.

53

4. Pull out the

vehicle’s safety
belt and run the
lap part through
or around the
restraint. The
child restraint
instructions \vi11
shott, vou h o \ \ . ,

See if the shoulder belt would go i n front o f t f w child‘s facc o r neck. I f
so, put it behind the child restraint.
5 . Buckle the belt.
Make sure therelease button faces upward or outward, so you’ll be
able to unbuckle it quickly if you ever need to.

54

c

6. Pull the rest of the
lap belt all the
way out of the
retractor to set
the lock.

I

7. To tighten the

belt, feed the lap
belt back into the
retractor while
you push down on
the child restraint.

-

L
55

8. Push and pull the
child restraint in
different
directions to be
sure it is secure.
H

To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’ssafety belt and
let it go back all the way.
The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.

e

56

Larger Children

n
.... ......

A

Children who have outgrown child restraints should wear the vehicle's
safety belts.
If you have the choice, a child should sit next to a window so the child can
wear a lap-shoulderbelt and get the additional restraint a shoulderbelt
can provide.
Accident statistics show that childrenare safer if they are restrained in
the rear seat.But they need to use the safety belts properly.

0

Children who aren’t buckled upcan be thrown out in a crash.
Children who
aren’t buckled up
can strikeother
people who are.

a

58

A CAUTION:
Newr do this.

F

Were two chitdren are wearingthe same belt. The belt can’t
properly spread the impact forces, In
a crash, the two children
can be crushed together and seriouslyiqjured. A belt must be
used by only one person at a time,

Q: What if a childis wearing a lap-shoulder belt, but the child
is so
small that the shoulder belt
is very close to the child’s face
or neck?

A:
I

Move the child towardthe center of the vehicle, but be sure thatthe
shoulder belt still is on the child’s shoulder, so that in a crash the
child’s upper body would havethe restraint that belts provide. If the
child isso small that theshoulder belt is still very close to the child’s
face or neck, you might wantto place the child in the center seat
position, the one thathas onlya lap belt.

59

A CAUTION:
Never do this,

. .

Here a child is sitting in a seat that has 8 lapshoulder belt, but
the shoulder part is behind thechlid, If the child wears the; b i t
in t.hisway,.in a crash the child might slide under the belt, The
belt's fwce would then be applied right on the child's abdomen,
That could muse serious or fatal injuries.
.

.

Wherever the child sits, the lap portionof the belt should be worn low,
snug below the hips, and justtouching the child's thighs. This applies belt
force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.

SAFETYBELT EXTENDER
If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten aroundyou, you should use it.
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, your dealer will order you
an extender. It’s free. Whenyou go in to orderit, take theheaviest coat
you will wear, so the extenderwill be long enough foryou. The extender
will be just foryou, and justfor the seatin your vehicle that you choose.
Don’t let someoneeke use it, anduse it only for the seatit is made tofit.
To wear it, just attachit to theregular safety belt.

CHECKING YOUR R E S T U N T SYSTEMS
Now and then, make sure
all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors,
anchorages and remindersystems are working properly. Look for any
loose partsor damage. If you see anything that might keep a restraint
system from doing its job, have it repaired.

REPUCING SAFETYBELTSAFTER A
CRASH
If you’ve had a crash, do you need new belts?

After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessary. But if the belts
were stretched, asthey would be if worn during a more severe crash, then
you need new belts.
If belts are cut or damaged, replace them.Collision damage also may
mean you willhave to have safety belt parts, like the retractor,replaced
or anchorage locations repaired-- even if the belt wasn’t being used at
the time of the collision.

61

Q: What's wrong with this?

~~

A:

The belt is torn.

I

1

CAUTION:
Torn or frayed belts may not protect you in a crash, They can
rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, get a
new one right away.

62

3

3N 2

3

FEATURES AND CONTROLS

Here you can learn about themany standard and optional features on
Also
your Cadillac, and information on starting, shifting and braking.
explained are the instrument panel and the warning
systems that tell you
if everything is working properly-- and what todo if you have a problem.

KEYS

A CAUTION:
Lmving young children in a vehicle with the ignition key i s
dangerous for many reasons. A child or others could be badly
injured or even killed.
They could operate power windows or other controls or even
make the vehicle move. If they turned the ignition to “ON” and
moved the shift lever out of V’’ (Park), that would release the
parking brake. Don’t leave the keys in a wehide with young

children.

I
63

The squarekeys are
for theignition only.
The round keys are for
the doors and all other
locks.

When a new Cadillac
is delivered, the dealer
removes the plugs
from the keys, and
gives them to thefirst
owner.

Each plug has a code on it that tells your dealer ora qualified locksmith
how to make extra keys. Keep the plugs in a safe place. If you lose your
keys, you'll be ableto have new ones made easily usingthese plugs.

64

DOOR LOCKS

A CAUTION
Unlocked doors can be dangerous,

--

Passengers cspecially children can easily open the doors
and fall out, W e n a dour is locked, the laside handle won't
0-

open it.

Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you
slow down or stop your vehicle,
This may not be so obvious: You are more likely to be thrown
out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors aren't locked. Wear
safety belts property, lock your doors, and you will be far better
of€ whenever you drive your vehide.

There areseveral ways to lock and unlock your vehicle:
I From the outside: Use
your door key.
~

If your vehicle hasa theft deterrent system and it is armed, unlock the
doors only with the key or Keyless Entry System. This will avoid setting
off the alarm.

65

From the inside: To
lock the door, slide the
lock lever downto
manually lock the
door.
To unlock the door,
slide the lock Icvcr up.

Power Door Locks
IIIC pntcr d o o r
lock switch to lock or
unlock all the doors at
once. The rear power
door lock switches
won't unlock any of
the doors -- that's a
safety feature.
1'1141

:
LLXX;

66

Rear Door Security Lock
Your Cadillac is equipped with rear door security locksthat help prevent
passengers from opening the
rear doors of your car fromthe inside. To
use this lock,

''4

. . ..

1. Move the lever on the door all the way up to the ENGAGED position.
2. Close the door.

3. Do the same thingto the other rear door lock.
The rear doors of your vehicle cannot be opened from the inside when
this feature is in use.
When you wantto open a rear door when the security lock is on:
1. Unlock the door from the inside.

67

Automatic Door Locks (Option)
Just close your doors, turnon theignition and make surethe interior
courtesy lights are switched off. Every time you moveyour shift lever out
of “P” (Park) all of the doorswill lock. And, every time you stop and
move your shift lever into “P” (Park), your doors will unlock. If someone
needs to get outwhile you’renot in “P”(Park), have that personuse the
manual or power lock. When the dooris closedagain, it will not lock
automatically. Just use the manual or power lock to lock the dooragain.

Leaving Your Khicle
If you are leaving the vehicle, set thelocks from inside, get out and close
the door.

Central Door Unlocking System(Option)
Your vehicle may be equipped with this feature. Whenunlocking either
door, you can unlock the other doors
by holding the key inthe turned
position for a few seconds.
Y

Illuminated Entry System
Your illuminated entry system turns onall the courtesy lights when either
door is opened. When the door
is closed, the courtesy lights will stay on
for approximately 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on.

REMOTE K E K E S S ENTRY SYSTEM
If your Cadillac has this option, you can lock and unlock your doors or
unlock your trunk from up to15 feet (4.5 m) using the key chain
transmitter supplied with your vehicle.
Your Remote Keyless Entry System isintended to be used as a
supplementary vehicle entry device. It is not intended to replace, but
rather should be used in conjunction with a door lock key. It operates on
a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) Rules.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful

68

w

r
r
rI

I

I

r

interference, and(2) This device must accept any interference recelvea,
.:. ::< ...
. ..
: ..
including interference that may causeundesiredoperation.
" .
Should interferenceto this system occur, try this:
Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary. See
the
instructions on battery replacement.
0 Check the distance.You may be too far from your vehicle. This
product has a maximum range.
Check the location.Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the
signal.
See your Cadillac dealeror a qualified technician for service.
Changes or modifications to this systemby other than an authorized
service facility could void authorization
to use this equipment.
<<.

Operation
0

P

I

i

c
I

1

I

1

r

m

0

Press this symbol to
unlock the driver's
door. Pressit again
within 4 seconds to
unlock the other
doors. Pressing this
button will also
disarm the Theft
Deterrent System
and turn on the
interior lights.
Press this symbol to
lock your doors.
This also armsthe
Theft Deterrent
System.

69

r
I

.,
-

.

7

>;

0

Press this symbol to
open the trunk.

Press this button to
turn on the interior
lights and door lock
cylinder
ilumination.

Matching Transmitter(s) To Your Vehicle
Each key chain transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from
unlocking your vehicle. If a transmitteris lost or stolen, a replacement
can be purchased through your dealer. Rememberto bring the remaining
transmitter with youwhen you go to your dealer. Whenthe dealer
matches the replacement transmitterto your vehicle, the remaining
transmitter must also be matched. Oncethe new transmitter is coded, the
lost transmitter will not unlock your vehicle.
You can match a transmitter to as many different vehicles as you own,
provided they are equipped with exactlvthe same model svstem. (General
Motors offersseveral different models of these systems on their vehicles.)
Each vehicle can have only 2 transmitters matched to it.
See your dealer tomatch transmitters to anothervehicle.

Battery Replacement
Under normaluse, the batteries in your key chain transmitter should last
about two years.
You can tell the batteries are weak if the transmitter won’t workat the
normal range in any location. If you haveto get close to your vehicle
before the transmitter works, it’sprobably time to change the batteries.

70

._
c

1. Use round end of
the doorkey, or a

quarter to rotate
cover
counterclockwise
1/16 of a turn.

71

3. Make sure battery
is positionedwith
"+ " facing cover.

4. Align notches on
cover and
transmitter and
rotate clockwise to
reinstall.

l

72

CENTER CONSOLE
Your vehicleis equipped with either the Mini Consoleor optional Full
Console.
The mini console comes witha storage tray anda flip up arm rest door
with dual cup holder,that opens to a storage compartment.
The full console includesa floor shift lever along with
a flip up arm rest
door with a dual cup holder,that opens to a storage compartment.

GLOW BOX
The glove box is directly in front of the front passenger seat.To unlock
the door, insertthe oval key into the lock cylinder andturn it to the left.
An additional quarter turn will open the door.To lock the door, turn the
key to the right and removethe key. The key may be removed in the
locked or unlocked position.

73

REMOTE TRUNK RELEASE
. ...
.. .
-.
.. .-.

You'll find the button
here in the glove box.

AUTOlMATIC PULL-DOWN FEATURE

c

A CAUTION:
Your car has an automatic pull-down feature that helps close
the trunk electronically, Your fingers can be trapped under the
trunk Ifd as it goes down. Your fingers could be injured, and you
would need someone to help you free them. Keep your fingers
away Prom the trunk lid as you close it and as it i s going down.
I
e

74

THEFT
Vehicle theft is big business, especiallyin some cities. Although your
Cadillac has a number of theft deterrent features, we know that nothing
we put on it can make it impossibleto steal. However, there areways you
can help.
Key in the imition: If you walk awayfrom your vehicle with
the keys
inside, it’san easy target for joy riders or professional thieves-- so don’t
do it.
When you park your Cadillac andopen the driver’s door, you’ll hear a
chime remindingyou to remove your key from the ignition and take it
with you. Always do this. Your steering wheel will be locked, andso will
your ignition and transaxle. Andremember to lock the doors.
Parkina at Night: Park in a lighted spot, close all windowsand lock your
vehicle. Remember to keep your valuablesout of sight. Put them in a
storage area, ortake them with you.
Parkina Lots:If you park in a lot wheresomeone will be watching your
vehicle, it’s bestto lock it up andtake your keys. But what if you haveto
leave your ignition key? What
if you have to leave something valuable in
your vehicle?
Put your valuables in a storage area, like your trunk or glove box.
Lock the glove box.
0 Lock all the doors except the driver’s.
a Then take the door key with you.

75

TI YFT DETERRENT (OPTION)
If your Cadillac has this
option, it has a Theft
Deterrent Alarm
System. With this
system, the
“SECURITY” light
will flash as you open
the door(if your
ignition is off).

This light reminds you to arm the theft deterrent
system. Here’s how to
do it:

1. Open the door.
2. Lock the doorwith the power door lock switch or Keyless Entry
System. The “SECURITY”light should come on andstay on.
3. Close all doors. The “SECURITY’’light should go off.

If a door or the trunkis opened without the key or Keyless Entry System,
the alarmwill go off. It will also go off if the trunk lock is damaged. Your
vehicle’s lights will flash and the horn will sound for 3 minutes, then will
go off to save battery power.
Remember, the theft deterrent system won’t arm if you lock the doors
with a key or manual door lock. It arms only if you use a power door lock
switch or Keyless Entry System.
Here’s how to avoid setting off the alarm by accident:
If you don’t want to arm the theft deterrent system, the vehicle should
be locked with the doorkey after the doors are
closed.
Always unlock a door with a key, or use the Keyless Entry System.
Unlocking a door any other way will set off the alarm.

76

If you set off the alarmby accident, unlock any door with your key. You
can also turn off the alarmby using the Keyless Entry System, if you have
it. The alarmwon’t stop if you try to unlock a door any other way.

How to Test The Alarm
e Roll down your window and lock your vehicle using the power door

lock or theKeyless Entry System.
e Reach in and unlock the door using the manual lock, and open the

door. The hornwill sound andyour headlights will flash.
If the alarm does notsound when it should, check to seeif the horn
works. The hornfuse may be blown. To replace the fuse,see “Fuses and
Circuit Breakers” in the Index.
To reduce the possibility of theft, always arm the theft deterrent system
when leaving your vehicle.

PASS-KEY 11

TM

Your vehicle is equipped with the PASS-Key I1 TM (Personalized
Automotive Security System) theft deterrent system. PASS-Key I1TM is a
passive theft deterrent system. This meansyou don’t have to doanything
different to arm ordisarm the system. It works when youinsert or remove
the key from the ignition. PASS-Key ’“ uses a resistorpellet in the
ignition key that matches a decoderin your vehicle.
When the PASS-Key I1 system senses that someoneis using the wrong
key, it shuts down the vehicle’sstarter and fuel systems. For about three
minutes, the starterwon’t work and fuel won’t go to theengine. If
someone triesto start your vehicle again or uses another key during this
time, thevehicle will not start.This discourages someone fromrandomly
trying different keys with different resistorpellets in an attemptto make a
match.
The ignition key must be clean and dry before it’s inserted in the ignition
or theengine may not start.If the “SECURITY”light comes on, the key
may be dirty or wet.
If this happens and the starter won’t work, turn the ignition off. Clean
and dry the key. Wait about three minutes and try again. The security
light will remain on during this time. I f the starter still won’t work, and
TM

the key appears to be cleanand dry, waitabout three minutes and trythe
other ignition key. At this time, you may also want
to check the fuse (see
“Fuses and CircuitBreakers” in the Index). If the starter won’t work with
the otherkey, your vehic1.eneeds service. If your vehicle doesstart, the
first ignition key may be faulty. See your Cadillacdealer or a locksmith
who can servicethe PASS-Key I1 .
However, if you accidentally usea key that has a damaged or missing
resistor pellet, the starter won’t work,the security lightwill flash. Butyou
don’t haveto wait three minutes before trying one of the ignition keys.
If the resistor pellet is damaged or missing, the starter won’t work. Use
the otherignition key, andsee your Cadillacdealer or a locksmith who
can servicethe Pass-Key I1 TM to have a new key made.
If you’re ever driving andthe “SECURITY” light comes on and
continues to flash, you get the PASS-KEY MALFUNCTION message,
and the “STARTING DISABLED” messageappears, you will be able to
restart your engine if you turn it off. Your PASS-Key I1 system,
however, is not working properly and must be serviced
bylour Cadillac
dealer. Your vehicle is not protected by the PASS-Key I1 system.
If you lose or damage a PASS-Key I1lM
ignition key, see your Cadillac
dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS-Key I1TM to have a new key
made.
TM

u

c

TM

.

NEW VEHICLE “BREAK-IN”
NOTICE:
Your modern Cadillac doesn’t need an elaborate “break-in,” Rut
it will perQarmbetter in the long run if you fotlow these
guidelines:
Don3 drive st any one speed fast or slow €or the First SUO
miles (804 h),
Don’t make fulf~throttlestarts,
9-

-0

Avoid making hard stops for the first200 miles (322km) or
so. During this time your new brake linings aren’t yet broken
in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear
and earlier replacement. Follow this C4breaking-in’p
guideline
ewry time you get new brake linings.

IGNITION KEY POSITIONS
This lock gives you five
different positions.

Before you put thekey in, your ignition will be in the “LOCK” position.
This position locks your ignition, steering wheel and transaxle. It’s an
anti-theft feature.

79

The other positions let
you perform these functions:

ACC: Accessory lets you usethings likethe radio and the windshield
wipers when the engineis off. To get into“ACC”,push in the key and turn
it towardyou. Your steering wheelwill remain locked, just asit was
before you inserted thekey.
OFF: This position letsyou turn off the engine but still turn the steering
wheel. It doesn’tlock the steering wheel like “Lock.“ Use ”Off” i f WLI
must have your carin motion while the engine is off ( f o r cu:rnlplc*.if > . o u r
car is being pushed).

H

NOTICE:
If your key seems stuck in “ I m k ” rrnd you c d l turn it, b e sure
it is all the way in. If it is, then turn the steering wheel left and
fight while you turn the key hard, But turn the key only with
your hand. Using a toooil to force it could break the key or the
ignition switch, If none .of this works, then your vehicle needs
service.

STARTING YOUR ENGINE
Engines start differently.The 8th digit of your Vehicle Identification
You will
Number (VIN) shows the code letter or number for your engine.
find the VIN at the top
left of your instrument panel. (See“Vehicle
Identification Number” in the Index.) Follow the proper stepsto start the
engine.
Move your shift leverto “P” (Park) or “N” (Neutral).
Your engine won’t
start in any other position -- that’s a safety feature.
To restart whenyou’re
already moving, use “N” (Neutral) only.

80

c

J-r

Don’t #ryto shift to T‘(Park) if y a w Cadillolc is moving. If you
do, you could damage the transaxle. Shiftto “Pn (Pa.rk)only
when your vehicle is stopped.

1. Don’t push the accelerator pedal before startingyour engine. In some
other vehicles you might need to dothis, but becauseof your vehicle’s
computer systems, you don’t.
2. Turn your ignition key to “Start.” When the engine starts,let go of the
key. The idle speed will go down as your engine getswarm.
3. If it doesn’t start right away, hold your key in “Start ” for about three
seconds at a time until your engine starts.Wait about 15 seconds
between each try to help avoid draining your battery.

4. If your engine still won’t start (or startsbut then stops), it could be
flooded with too much gasoline. Try pushing your accelerator pedalall
the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in “Start”
for about threeseconds. If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops
again, do the samething, but this time keep thepedal down for five or
six seconds. This clearsthe extra gasoline from the engine.

81

Y

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (OPTION)
In very cold weather, O°F (-HOC) or colder, the engine blockheater can
help. You’ll get easier starting and better fuel economy during engine
warm-up.
To use the block heater:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrapthe electrical cord.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt outlet.

/c\

CAUTION:

Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outiet could cause an
efectrical shock Also, the wrong kind of extension cord couid
overheat and cause a fire. You could be seriously injured, Plug
the cord into a properly grounded three-prong 110-volt outlet.If
the cord won’t reach, use a heayyduty three-prong extension
cord rated for at least 15 amps.

82

How longshould you keep the block heater plugged in? The answer
depends on theweather, the kind of oil you have, and someother things.
Instead of trying to list everythinghere, we ask that you contact a Cadillac
dealer in the areawhere you’ll be parking your vehicle.The dealer can
give you the best advice for that particular area.

D M N G THROUGH DEEP STANDING
WATER
NOTICE:

AUTOlMATIC T M S A X L E
Your automatic transaxle may have either a shift lever locatedon the
steering column or on the console betweenthe seats.

83

. -

There are several different positions for your
shift lever.

P...................................................,.Park
R .................................................
Reverse
N .................................................Neutral
@ ...............................................
Overdrive
3 ........................................
Third Gear (Drive)
2 .............................................
Second Gear
1 ................................................
First Gear

P (Park)
This locks your front wheels.
It’s the best positionto use when you
start your engine because your vehicle can’t
move easily.

A

CAUTION:

It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is
not fully in T * (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. Your
vehicle can roll.

84

A

t
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you
have to, If yuu have left the engine running, the vehicle can
move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure your
vehicle won’t ~tlove,when you’re an fairly level ground, always
set your parking brake and move the shift lever to ‘&P*’
(Park).
See (‘Shifting Into T

(Park)” in the Index. If you arc parking
on a hill, or if you’re pulling a trailer, also see Varking on
Wills” or “‘l’oning8 Railer” in the Index.
9 ’

I
Ensure theshift lever is fully in “P” (Park) range before starting the
engine. Your Cadillac has a brake-transaxle shift interlock. You have to
fully
your regular brakes before you can shift from “P” (Park) when
the ignition key is in the “Run”position. If you cannot shift out of “P”
(Park), ease pressureon theshift lever - push the shift lever all the way
into “P”(Park) and also release the shift lever button on floor shift
console models as you maintain brake application. Then move the shift
lever into the gearyou wish. (Press the shift lever button before moving
the shift lever on floor shift console models.) See “Shifting Out of ‘P’
(Park)” in this section.
R (Reverse)
Use this gear toback up.

To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out
of snow, iceor sand
without damaging your transaxle, see “If You’reStuck in Sand, Mud, Ice
or Snow” in the Index.

85

N (Neutral)
In this position, your engine doesn’t connect
with the wheels. To
restart when you’re already moving,use “N” (Neutral) only. Also, use
“N”when your vehicle is being towed.

I

A CAUTION=
Shifting out of“P’’ (Park) or “N” (Neutral) while your engine is
‘kacing” (running at high speed) is dangerous. Unless your foot
is firmly on the brake pedal, your vehiclecould move very
rapidly. You could Iosccontrol and hit people or objects. Don’t
shift out of T ’(Park) or “N” (Neutral) whiic your engine is
racing.

@ Automatic Overdrive

c-l

This positionis for normal driving.If you need more power for
passing, and you’re:
Going lessthan about 35 mph (56 km/h), push youraccelerator
pedal about halfway down.
Going about 35 mph (56 kmh) or more, pushthe accelerator all
the way down.
You’ll shift downto thenext gear and have more power.

86

P

I“

P

3 (Third Gear)
This is like @ but you never go into Overdrive.
Here aresome times you might choose “ 3 ” instead of @:
- When driving on hilly, winding roads
- When towing atrailer, so there is less shifting betweengears
- When going down a steep hill
2 (Second Gear)
This position givesyou more power but lower fuel economy. You can
use “2” on hills. It can help control your speed as you go dawn steep
mountain roads, but then you would ako’want touse your brakes off
and on.

P

t
r : ,

P

87

0

1 (First Gear)
This position gives you even more power (but lower fuel economy)
than “2.” You can use it on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud. If
the selector lever is put in “1,” the transaxle won‘t shift into first gear
until the vehicle is going slowly enough.

NOTICE:
If your front wheels can’t rotate, don’t try to drive, This might
happen if you were stuck in very deep sand or mud or were up
against a solid object. You couid damage your fmnmxle,
ASss, If you stop when going uphill, don’t hold your vehicle there
with only the accelerator pedal. T h i s could overheat and
damage the transaxle, Use your brakes to hold your vehicle in

position on 8 hill.

P m N G BRAKE

A

To set the parking brake:

Hold theregular brake pedaldown with yourright foot. Push down the
parking brake pedalwith your left foot. If the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light will come on.

88

When you move out
of “P” (Park) or “N”
(Neutral), if your
engine is running,
your parking brake
should go off. If it
doesn’t, you have a
parking brake
problem and should
have it fixed. In the
meantime, you can
still release your
parking brake. Just
pull on the manual
release lever, as
shown.

A CAUTION:
If your hand or arm is in the way of the pedal, you could be
hurt. The pedal springs back quickly. Keep your hand and arm
away when you use the manual release lever.

If vou are ona hill: See “Parkingon Hills” in the Index. That section
shows how to turn your front wheels.
If YOU are towing a trailer and are Parking on any hill: See “Towing a
Trailer” in the Index. That section shows what to do first to keep the
trailer from moving.

89

SHIFTING INTO “P”(PARK)

dh!

CAUTION:

It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicIe if the shift fever is
not fully in rrP’’(Park) with the parking brake firmly set, Your
vehicle can roll.

If you have left the engine running, the vehiclecan move
suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure your vehicle
won’t move, when you’re on fairIy level ground, use the steps
that follow, If you are parking on a hill, or if you’re pulling a
trailer, also see “Parking On Hills’’ or “Towing a ’nraikr’’ in the
Index.

Steering Column Sh$ Lever
1. Hold the brake pedaldown with your right foot.
2. Move the shift lever into “P” (Park) position like this:
0

90

Pull the lever
toward you.

Move the lever up
as far asit willgo.

P

3. With your right foot still holding the brake pedal down, set the
parking brake.
4. Move the ignition key to "Lock."
5. Remove the key and takeit with you. If you can walk away from your
vehicle with the ignition key in your hand, yourvehicle is in "P"
(Park).

Console Shifl Lever
1. Hold the brake pedaldown with your right foot.

91

2. Move the shift lever into“P” (Park) position like this:
0

Hold in the button
on thelever, and
push the lever all
the way toward
the front of your
vehicle.

3. With your right foot still holding thc hriikc pcdal doun. set tilt.
parking brake.
4. Move the ignition key to “Lock.”
5. Remove thekey and take itwith you. If you can walk away from your
vehicle withthe ignition key in your hand, your vehicle
is in “P”
(Park).

Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running

A CAUTION:
It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine
running. Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift Lever is
not fully in ciP’’(Pork) with the parking brake. firmly set. And, if
you leave the vehicle with the engine running, i t could overheat
and even catch fire. You or others could be injured, Don’t leave
your vehicle with the engine running unless you have to,
If you have to leave your vehicle with
the engine running,be sure your
vehicle is in “P” (Park) and your parking brake
is firmly set beforeyou

92

C .

e

leave it. After you’ve moved the shift lever into the “P”(Park) position,
hold the regular brake pedal down. Then, seeif you can move the shift
lever away from “P” (Park)without first pulling it toward you (or, if you
have the console shift lever, without first pushing the button).If you can,
it means that theshift lever wasn’t fully locked into “P”(Park).

SHZFTING OUT OF “P” (PARK)
Your Cadillac has a brake-transaxleshift interlock. You have to fully
amlv your regular brake before you can shift from “P” (Park)when the
ignition is in the “Run”position. See “Automatic Transaxle” in the Index.
If you cannot shift out of “P” (Park), ease pressureon the shift lever -push the shift lever all the way into “P” (Park) and also release the shift
lever button onfloor shift console models as you maintain brake
application. Then move the shift lever into the gearyou wish. (Press the
shift lever button before moving the shift lever.) If you ever hold the
brake pedal down but still can’t shift out of “P” (Park), try this:
1. Turn the key to “Off.” Open and close the driver’s door to turnoff the
Retained Accessory Powerfeature.

2. Apply and hold the brake until the end of Step 4.
3. Shift to “N” (Neutral).
4. Start thevehicle and then shift to the drive gear you want.
5. Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can.

93

PARKTNG O W R THINGS THAT BURN

~~

~

~

~

~

L*

if!l CAUTION:
Things that can burn couid touch hot exhaust parts under your
vchicle and ignite. Don't park over papers, leaves, dry grass or
other things that can burn,

94

u

ENGINE EXHAUST
-

A

.
.

CAUTION:

Engine exhaustcan kill, It contains the gas carbon monoxide
(CO),which you can’t see or smell. It can cause
unconsciousness and death,
You might have exhaust coming inif:

*

Your cxbaust system sounds strange or different.

a Your vehicie gets rusty underneath.

Your vehicle was damaged ina collision.
Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on
the road or over road debris.

*

Repairs weren’t done correctly*

Your vehicle or exhaust systcm had been modified
improperly.
if you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicie:

Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CQ;
and
Have it fixed immediately.

95

RUNNING YOUR ENGINE WIYILE YOU’RE
PARKED
It’s better not to park with the engine running. But if you ever have to,
here are some things to know.

POWER WINDOWS
The controls are near
each window. Here’s
how the master control
works.

Your vehicle has RetainedAccessory Power (RAP). When you stop your
vehicle and turn theignition key to “Off”,you can still use your power
windows. The electrical power to operate thewindows willnot shutoff
until you open a door or10 minutes haspassed. If you want this power
for another10 minutes, just turnthe key to “Run” andback to “Off”.

Ekpress Down Window
The driver’s power window has this feature. Justpress the switch once -for half a second or more-- and thenlet go. The window willgo all the
way down. If you want to stop thewindow as it is going down, press the
switch again.

HORN
To sound the horn, justpress the center of the steering wheel.

97

TILT WHEEL

A tilt steering wheel allowsyou to adjust the steering wheelbefore you
drive.

You can also raise it to the highest level to give your legs more room
when you exit and enter the vehicle.
To tilt the wheel, hold the steering wheel and
pull the lever. Movethe
steering wheel toa comfortable level, then release the lever
to lock the
wheel in place.

98

I

THE TURN SIGNAL/MULTIFUNCTION
LEVER

The lever on the left side of the steering column includes your:
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
0 Headlight High-Low Beam
Flash-To-Pass Feature
Headlamp Washers (Export Only)
WindshieldWipers
WindshieldWasher
Cruise Control

.. ..

99

-

..........

Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator

To signal a turn, move the lever allthe way up or down. Whenthe turn is
finished, the lever will return automatically.
A green arrow on the
instrument panel will
flash in the direction of
the turn or lane
change.

To signal a lane change, just raiseor lower the lever until the green arrow
starts to flash. Hold itthere until you complete your lane change. The
lever willreturn by itself whenyou release it.
If for some reason your turn signal is left on, the Driver Information
Center will display“TURN SIGNAL ON” (after driving about a mile) to
remind you to turn it off.

100

L

*

As you signal a turnor a lane change, if the arrows don’t flash but just
won’t see your
stay on, a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers
turn signal.
If a bulb is burned out, replaceit to help avoid an accident.
If the green
arrows don’t go on at
all when you signala turn, check the fuse (see
“Fuses” in the Index) and for burned-out bulbs.

Headlight High-Low Beam
c

To change the
headlights from low
i beam to high or high to
low, pull the turn signal
lever allthe way toward
you. Then releaseit.
When thehigh beams
are on, a blue light on
the instrument panel
also will be on.

Flash-To-Pass Feature
This letsyou use your high beam headlights to signal a driver in front of
you that you want to pass. It works even
if your headlights areoff.
To use it, pull the multifunction lever toward
you. When you do:
If vour headlights areoff Your high beam headlightswill turn on.They’ll
stay on as long asyou hold the lever there. Release the lever to turn them
off.
If vour headlights are on, but on
low beam: The system works normally.
Just pull thelever. Your headlights will shift to high beam and stay there.
To return to low beam, just pull the lever toward you.
If your headlights areon, and on high beam: Your headlights will switch
to low beam. To get back to high beam, pull the lever toward you.

10 1

Windshield Wipers

WIPER: To control the wipers, turn the band on the multifuction lever.
MIST Turn the band away from you and then release it for a single wipe
cycle. For more cycles, hold the band on MIST longer.
LO or HI: Turn the band toward you to either LO (low speed) or to HI
(high speed), depending on the wiper speed you want.
DELAY: With this you canset the wiper speed for a long or short delay
between wipes. Movethe band to ON for long delays andthe closer you
get to LO the shorter the delay.
OFF: To turn the wipers off, turn the band to OFF

A CAUTION:
Damaged wiper blades may prevent you from seeing well enough
to drive safely. To avoid damage, he sure to clear ice and snow
from the wiper blades before using them. If they're frozen to the
windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. If your blades do
become damaged, get new blades or blade inserts.

102

r:

Heavy snowor ice can overload your wipers.
A circuit breakerwill stop
them untilthe motor cools. Clear away snowor ice to prevent an
overload.

i

Windshield Washer

I

r
I

r
I

To wash your
windshield pushthe
paddle labeledPUSH,
then releaseit. After
washing the windshield
the wiperswill stop,
unless you were using
your wipers. If you
were, the wipers
will
resume the wiper
speed you were using.
For more washer
cycles push and hold
the paddle.
When the washerfluid reaches a low level, “LOW WASHER FLUID”
will be displayedin the Driver Information Center.
I

_.

.

. .

A CAUTION:
0

Driving without washer fluid can be dangerous. A bad mud
splash can block your vision, You could hit another vehicle or
go off the road. Check your washer fluid level often.

In freezing weather, don’t use your washer until the
windshield is warmed, Otherwise the washer nuid can form
ice on the windshield, blocking your vision.

103

I

NOTICE:
M e n using concentrated washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer’s fnstcuctions for adding water.

*

0

Don’t mix water with readyto-use washer fluid, Water can
cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid
tank and other parts of the washersystem. Also, water
doesn’t clean as well as washer fluid.
Fill your washer fluid tank only 3/4 full $5 hen it’s v t cold.
~
This allows for expansion, which could dnmngc thc tank if i t
is completely full.

e Don’t use radiator antifrcezc in your u i n d 4 M d wathcr. I t
can damage your paint.

Headlight Washer (Export Only)
If you have thisfeature, you will wash your headlights while washing your
windshield at the same time in bad weather. Just press the PUSH paddle
on the multifunction lever.

CRUISE CONTROL
With Cruise Control, you can maintain a speed of about 25 mph (40

km/h) or more without keeping your foot onthe accelerator. This can
really help on long trips. Cruise Control
does not work at speeds below
about 25 mph (40 km/h).
When you apply your brakes,the Cruise Control shuts off.

104

t-r

A CAUTION
c

-

Cruise Control can be dangerous where you can't drive safely
at a steady speed. So, donV use your Cruise Controt on
winding roads or in heavy traRic.
Cruise Control a n be dangerous on slippery roads, On such
roads, fast changes in tire traction can muse needless wheel
spinning, and you could lose control. Don't use Cruise
Control on slippery roads.

To Set Cruise Control
1. Move the Cruise
Control switch to
"ON. "

105

2. Get up to the speed you want.

.

.

.. .

. .

4. The digital
instrument panel
cluster hasa

“CRUISE
ENGAGED” light
that will come on.
There is no light on
the analog cluster.

5. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.

To Resume a Set Speed
Suppose you set your Cruise Control
at a desired speed and then
you
apply the brake. This,of course, shutsoff the Cruise Control. But
you
don’t need to reset it. Once you’regoing about 25 mph (40 km/h) or
“ON” to ‘‘,/A’ for
more, you can move the Cruise Control switch from
about half a second.

106

r

You’ll go right back up toyour chosen speed andstay there.

I

L!&

CAUTION:

If you hold the switch at ‘‘R./A” longer than half a second, the
vehicle wilt keep p i n g faster until you retease the’switchor
apply the brake,You coulid be startled and even lose control. So
unless you want to go faster, don’t hold the switch at W A . ”

6

P

r

To Increase Speed While Using Cruise Control
There aretwo ways to go to a higher speed. Here’s the first:
1. Use the accelerator pedalto get to the higher speed.
2. Push the button at the endof the lever, then release the button and
the accelerator pedal.You’ll now cruise at thehigher speed.
Here’s the second way to go to a higher speed:
1. Move the Cruise switch from “ON” to “R/A.”Hold it there until you
get up to the speed
you want, and then releasethe switch.
2. To increase your speed in very smallamounts, move the switch to
“R/A’.
Each time you do this, your vehicle will goabout 1 mph (1.6
km/h) faster.

107

4.6 Liter (Northstar)
The accelerate featurewill only workafter you have set the Cruise
Control speedby pushing the “SET CRUISE” button.

To Reduce Speed While Using Cruise Control
1. Push in the button at the end of the lever until you reach the lower
speed you want, then release it.
2. To slow down in very small amounts, pushthe button for less than half
a second. Each time you do this,you’ll go 1 mph (1.6 kmh) slower.

Passing Another Vehicle while Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal
to increase your speed. When you take your
foot off the pedal, your vehicle
will slow down to the Cruise Control
speed you set earlier.

Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well your Cruise Control
will work on hills depends upon your
of the hills. When going upsteep hills, you
speed, load, and the steepness
may have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. When
going downhill,you may have to brake or shiftto a lower gear to keep
of Cruise
your speed down.Of course, applying the brake takes you out
Control. Many drivers find thisto be too muchtrouble and don’t use
Cruise Controlon steep hills.

.L

s
i

108

To Get Outof Cruise Control
There are two ways to turn off the Cruise Control:

r

1. Step lightly on the
brake pedal; Q&

c

2. Move the Cruise
switch to “OFF.”
(The “CRUISE”
light willgo out.)

P

c

To Erase Speed Memory
When you turn off the Cruise Control or the ignition, your Cruise
Control set speed memory is erased.

c

c

109

LIGHTS
You’ll find the controlon the left side of the instrument panel.
It controls theselight systems:
Headlights
Taillights
0 Parking Lights
Underhood Light
Instrument Panel Lights
License Plate Lights
Interior Courtesy Lights
Fog Lights
Rear Fog Lights (Export Only)
ALL LIGHTS
EXCEPT
HEADLIGHTS

PANEL
LIGHTS
BRIGHTNESS

Here’s how to
manually work your
light system.

COURTESY
LIGHTS

Lights On Reminder
If you open the doorwhile leaving the lights on, you will hear awarning
tone.

110

Twilight Sentinel

The control is next to theheadlight switch. It switches your lights on and
off by sensing how dark it is outside. To operate it, leave the light switch
off and move the controlto any position but off.
If you movethe controlall the way to MAX,your lights will remain on for
90 seconds after you turn your engine off. If you move the control almost
all the way in the otherdirection, so it is just on, thelights will go off
quickly when you turn off your engine. You can changethis delay time
from only a few seconds to 90 seconds.
I

Operation of Lights
Although your vehicle’s lighting system (headlamps, parkinglamps, fog
lamps, side marker lamps and tail lamps) meet
all applicable Federal
lighting requirements, certain States and
Provinces may apply their own
lighting regulations that may require special attention beforeyou operate
these lamps. For example, some jurisdictionsmay require thatyou
operate your lower beam lampswith fog lamps at all times, or that
headlamps beturned onwhenever you must use your windshield wipers.
In addition,most jurisdictions prohibit driving solely withparking lamps,
especially at dawn or dusk. It is recommended that you check with your
own State orProvincial highway authority forapplicable lighting
regulations.

111

Light Sensor

Interior Lights
Turn the headlight switch past HI to turn on the interior
lights.

Fog Lights (STS)

Use your fog lights for better
vision in foggy o r misty conditions. When
you press the upper fog light switch,
a small indicator light will glow to
tell you the fog lights are on. To turn them off, press the switch again.

c

i

112

If you switch on yourhigh beam headlights, yourfog lights will turn off.
They’ll turn back on again when you
switch to low beam headlights.
When the twilight sentinel is on, only the headlights
will turn off
automatically. Your fogand parkinglights will remain on.

Rear Fog Lights (Export Only)
To operate the rear fog
lights, first turn on the
front foglights, then
push the lowerswitch.
A small indicatorlight
will glow to tell you
they are on.To turn
them off, press the
switch again.

Cornering Lights
The corneringlights come on whenyou signal a turn when the headlights
or parking lights areon. This will provide morelight for cornering.

Underhood Light
To operate, turn on your parking lights, then the underhoodlight will
illuminate when the hoodis open.

Daytims Running Lights (Canada Only)
The Canadian Federal Governmenthas decided that “Daytime Running
Lights” (DRL) area useful feature,in that DRL can make your vehicle
more visible to pedestrians and other drivers during
daylight hours. DRL
arc required o n new vehicles sold in Canada.
Your DKL n w - k with ;I Ilght sensor on t o p o f thc instrument panel. Don’t
covcr i t up.

113

The low beam headlightswill come on at reduced brightness
in daylight
when:
The ignition is on
The headlight switch is off, and
The transaxle is not in “P” (Park).
At dusk,if the Twilight Sentinel feature is turned on, the exterior
lights
will come onautomatically and thelow beams will change tofull
brightness. At dawn,the exteriorlights will go out and thelow beams will
change to the reduced brightness
of DRL (if the headlightswitch is off).
Of course, you may still turn on the headlights any time
you need to.
To idle your vehicle with the
DRL off, shift the transaxle into“P” (Park).
The DRL will stay off until you shift out
of “P” (Park).

Reading Lights
You have readinglights located in the roof. These lights and the interior
courtesy lights will come on when you open a door.
Push the button to
turn them on. Pushit
again to turn themoff.

114

MIRRORS
Inside DaylNight Rearview Mirror
To reduce glare fromlights behind you, move the lever like this:

Automatic Inside RearviewMirror

During thedaylight it's like the standard mirror.But at night the system
goes to work.
During theday the mirrorreflects all the light from behind your car. At
night, when the glareis too high, it darkens toreflect only part of the light
behind you. When the mirror darkens,it holds that position until the
glare is no longer present.

115

Settings
Your automatic rearview mirror has different positions light
for
away will cause
sensitivity. At the"MAX" setting, bright headlights far
the mirror togradually darken. Thisis a good setting for ruraldriving. At
the "MIN' setting, bright headlights haveto be ratherclose for the
mirror to darken. This
is a good setting forcity driving.

Reverse Gear Day Mode

off

116

P
L

IPI

Cleaning Photocells

I,

F

P

c

Use a cotton swab'and glass cleanerto clean thefront and rear photocells
that make the mirror work.

-

Front Seat VanityMirrors

To use one, turn the
sunshade down. Then
lift the coverup to see
the mirror. The switch
makes the light
brighter.
Driver side lighted
vanity mirror is
optional.

f

P

117

Power Remote Control Mirrors

The control on the driver’s door armrest operates both outside rearview
mirrors. Move the center switch to the left to select the driver sidemirror,
or to the right to select the passenger side mirror.Then press the control
pad to adjust each mirrorso that you can just see the side of your vehicle.
To lock the controls leave the selector switch in the middle position.
When you operate the rearwindow defogger, it also warms bothoutside
mirrors to help clear themof fog or ice.

CONVEX OUTSIDE MIRROR
Your right sidemirror is convex.

A convex mirror’s surface is curved
so you can see more from the driver’s
seat.

118

A CAUTION:
If you aren’t used to a convex mirror, you can hit another
vchicie. A convex mirror can make things (like other vehicles)
look farther away than they really are, if you cut tou sharply
into the right lane, you cuuld hit a vehicle on your right. Check
your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing
lanes,

BREAK-AWAY OUTSIDE MIRROR (EXPORT)
The mirrors will collapse in either theforward or rearward direction, and
then return to the normal
position.

ASTROROOF - EXPRESS OPEN
If you havethis option, theswitch is here:

The astroroof includes a sliding glass panel and a sliding sunshade. The
control switch only works with the ignition on or in Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)mode.

119

To Open: Press the switch rearward to open theglass panel and sunshade.
roof in
The sunshade canalso be openedby hand. If you want to stop the
a partially open position, press the switch in either diredtion to stop it.
Press the switch again to open it fully.

To Close: Press and hold the switch forward to close the glass panel. The
sunshade can only be closed by hand.
To Vent: Press the switch forward when the glass panel is closed. Open the
sunshade by hand. To close the vent press the switch rearward.

SUNGLASS COMPRTMENT

If you have the optional Astroroofyou will not have this feature. To gain
access to this feature located directly above the inside rearview mirror in
the headliner, justpush up andthe compartment will open.

120

ASHTRAYS AND LIGHTERS
If have the full
console, push on the
cover to reveal the
ashtray andlighter.

OR
If you don’t have a
center console just pull
the ashtray out to
reveal the ashtray and
lighter.

.

..

.

.

To clean the ashtray, lift it out by pulling on the snuffer.

If you don’t have a console, and the ashtray will not come out by pulling
on thesnuffer, try this: Reach under the ashtray and gently push up on
the ashtray bowl and remove it.

121

Rear Ashtray
To open therear
ashtrays lift the lid.

I

NOTICE:

..

Cigarette Lighter
It’s near the ashtray. To use the lighter just push it all the way and let go.
When it’s ready, it will pop back by itself.
,

NOTICE:

.

Don’t hold a cigarette tighter in with your hand white itis
heating. If you bo, it, won’t be abfe to back away from the
heating dement when it’s ready. That can make Woverhea$,
damaging the lighter and the heating element.

122

GARAGE DOOR OPENER (OPTION)
This optionallows you
to open up to three
garage doors.The
transmitter unitfits the
overhead panel.

Your Cadillac dealer can tell you about thehand held power pack unit
and the installationyou’ll need at hometo make this work. If your
Cadillac is equipped with an Electriclears heatedwindshield, you’ll have
to be closer to the garage doorfor the transmitter unit to work.

FLOOR MATS
If your Cadillac is equipped with rubber-backed front andrear floor mats,
keep them cleanby vacuuming and using a spot cleaner,if necessary. Do
not machinewash.

TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (STS)

Tour traction control system operates only when the system senses that
one orboth of the frontwheels is spinning or beginning to lose traction
while driving.This is especially useful in slippery road conditions.The
traction control system works at all speeds. It limits wheel spin by using
by shutting
the antilock and brakesystems to apply the front brakes and
off furl injectorsto reduce engine torque.
You may be able to spin the tires when acceleratingfrom a standstill on dry
pavement. This is normal.The “Traction Active” messagewill display on the
drive’s informationcenter when the traction control system is operating.
You may feel the system working through slight movement of the
accelerator pedal,or you may notice somenoise, but this is normal.
Your driver informationcenter is an important source of information about
your traction control system. See “Driver Information Center” in the Index.
123

THE INSTRUMENT PANEL: YOUR
I N F O W T I O N SYSTEM
Your instrument panelis designed to letyou know at a glance how your
'Cadillac is running. You'll know how fast you're going, how much fuel
you're using, and many of the otherthings you'll need to know to drive
safely and economically.

3

Analog Cluster (4.9 L)

u
124

U

F

Eqort Cluster (4.9 L)

Speedometer and Odometer
Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour (mph)
and kilometers per hour (km/h). Your odometer shows how far your
vehicle has been driven, in either miles (used in the U.S.) or kilometers
(used in Canada).
c

125

EnglishlMetric Button
You can go back and
forth from English
(miles) to metric
(kilometers) by pushing
this button.

The same button alsomakes other readings (like temperature, fuel and
odometer) go between English and metric.

Trip Odometer
. ..

.

You can tellhow far
you’ve gone since you
last set itback to zero.
To reset, push and hold
the button until it
zeros.

If your vehicle is domestic, the trip odometer
will return to zero after
999.9 miles (1609 km). If your vehicle is Canadian or Export, the trip
odometer will return to zero after 1999.9 km (1242 miles).

126

Odometer
You may wonder what happens if a car has to have a new odometer
installed. The new one may read the correctmileage. This is because your
car’s computer has stored themileage in memory. If it isn’t stored, then
this odometer is set atzero, buta label on thedriver’s door must show the
old reading andwhen the new one was installed.

WARNING LIGHTS
This section describes the warning lights that may De on your vehicle. The
pictures will help you locate them.
Warning lights can signal that something is wrong before it becomes
serious enoughto cause anexpensive repair or replacement.Paying
attention to your warning lights could also save you or others frominjury.
Warning lights go onwhen there may be oris a problem with one of your
vehicle’s functions. As you will see in the details on the next few pages,
some warning lights come onbriefly when you turn theignition key just to
let you know they’re working. If you are familiar with this section, you
should not be alarmedwhen this happens.
When one of the warning lights comes on andstays on when you are
driving, check the section that tells you what to do about
it. Please follow
the manual’s advice. Waitingto dorepairs can be costly -- and even
dangerous. So please getto know your warning lights. They’re a big help.
Your vehicle may also have a driver information system that works along
with.the warning lights. See “Driver InformationSystem” in the Index.
.

,.

Brake System Warning Light
Your Cadillac hydraulic brake system isdivided into two parts. If one part
isn’t working, the other partcan still work and stopyou. For good
braking, though, you need both partsworking well.
If the warning light goes on, there could be a brakeproblem. Have your
brake system inspected right away.
This light should come
on asyou start the
vehicle. If it doesn’t
come on then, have it
fixed so it will be ready
to warn you if there’s a
problem.

This light will also come on when you set your parking brake, and will
stay on if your parking brake doesn’t release fully. If it stays on after your
parking brake is fully released, it means you have a brakeproblem. If the
light comes on while driving, pulloff the road and stop carefully. You may
notice that the pedal is harder topush. Or, the pedalmay go closer to the
floor. It may take longer to stop. If the light is stillon, have the vehicle
towed for service. (See “Towing Your Vehicle” inthe Index.)

A CAUTION:
Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake
warning light is on. Driving with the brake warning light on can
lead to an accident. If the lightis still on afteryou’ve pulled off
the road and stopped carefully, have the vehicle towed for
service.

128

c

Anti-Lock Brake System WarnmgLight

F

P

!

With anti-lock, this light willgo onwhen you start your engine andmay
stay on forseveral seconds or so. That’s normal. If the light doesn’t come
on, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn you if there is a problem.
If the light stays on orcomes on when you’re driving,stop as soon as
possible and turn thekey off. Then start the engine reset
to the system. If
the light stillstays on, or comes on again while you’re driving, your
Cadillac needs service. Unless the regular brake system warning light is
also on, you will still have brakes, but notanti-lock brakes. If the regular
brake system warning light is also on, see “Brake
System WarningLight”
earlier in this part.
The anti-lock brake system warning light may also come on when you are
driving witha compact spare tire. If this happens, the light means you
won’t have anti-lock until you replace thecompact spare with a full-size
tire. I f the warning lightstays on after you replace the compactspare with
;I f u l l - s i x ticc, o r if II c o r m s on uguin when you’re driving,your Cadillac
l l b * L ~ J yln
\
lib’
I

r
I

129

Engine Temperature WarningLight (Export Only)
This light tells you that
your engine has
overheated. You
should stop the carand
turn theengine off as
soon as possible. A
warning chime should
also sound if this light
comes on. As a check,
the light should come
on fora few seconds
when you start your
engine.

HOT COOLANT CAN BURN YOU BADLY!
In “Problems on the Road,”this manual shows what to do. See “Engine
Overheating” in the Index.

Service EngineSoon Light

A computer monitors operationof your fuel, ignition and emission
control systems. This light should come on when the ignition is on, but
the engine is not running, as a check to show you it is working.If it does
not comeon at all, have it fixedright away. If it stays on, orit comes on

130

e

while youare driving, the computer is indicating that you have a problem.
You should take your vehicle infor service soon.

Battery Charge Light (Export Only)
I

1 When you turn the
key to “Run” or
“START”, this lightwill
come on briefly, to
show that your
alternator and battery
charging systemsare
working.

If a light stayson, you need service, and you should take your Cadillacto
the dealer at once. To save yourbattery until you get there, turn off all
accessories.

131

Engine Oil Light (Export Only)
j’

This light tells you if
there could be a
problem with your
engine oil pressure.

The light goes on when you turn your key to “Run” or
“Start.” It goes off
once you start your engine. That’s just a check to be sure the
light works.
If it doesn’t, be sure tohave it fixedso it will be there to
warn you if
something goeswrong.
When the light comes on andstavs on, it means oil isn’t going through
your engine properly. You could be low on oil, or you might havesome
other oil problem.

A CAUTION:
Don’t keep driving if the oil pressure
is low. If you do, your
engine can become so hot that it catches fire.
You or others
could be burned. Check your oil
as soon as possible and have
your vehicle serviced.

132

I
I
I

-

Tachometer Analog Cluster
\
\
\

1

3

This gage indicates the
engine speed in
Revolutions Per
Minute (RPM).

I

4

2

Engine Speed Limiter (Northstar)
If you have the 4.6 L Northstar engine, you have an Engine Speed
Limiter. This feature prevents the engine from operating at toomany
revolutions per minute (RPM). When your engine RPM's are critically
high the fuel supply to theengine is shut off. When the engine speed
slows, the furl supply will come on again. This helps preventdamage to
the engine.

133

Fuel Gage

Your fuel gage shows about how much fuel is in your tank. It works only
when the ignition is in the “RUN” position.
Digital Gage
If the fuel level is withinapproximately one gallon (3.9 liters) of being full
the letter“F” is shown.
If the fuel level is between 1 and 2 gallons (3.9 and 7.6 liters) from being
empty the letter“E” is shown. If the fuel supply gets down to
approximately 1 gallon (3.9 liter) the “E” will flash, and the FUEL
LEVEL VERY LOW” message will appear in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). (On theanalog fuel gage, the “FUEL LEVEL VERY
LOW” message will also appear.)
Here area few concerns someowners have had about thefuel gage. All
these situationsare normal and indicate nothingwrong with the fuel
gage*
the gas pump shutsoff before thegage reads “F”.
gas to fill up than the gage said. For example,
the gage said “8 Gallons”, butit took more -- or less -- than thetank’s
remaining capacity to fill it.
The gage changes when you turn (or stop, or speed
up).

c

“

134

.

Fuel Data Panel

6

i

Your Fuel Data Panel teUs you all you want to know about your fuel economy
and how far you can travel with the fuel remaining. Here’s how it works.
DATA: Push this button to toggle between INST MPG” (instantaneous
miles per gallon) or the “AVG MPG” (average mile per gallon) displays.
You can also display it in metric units by pressing the “ENG MET” button.
RESET: Push this button to reset theAVG MPG” tozero.
AVG MPG (Average Fuel Economy): When AVG MPG” is selected, the
total distanceis divided by the total fuelused.
INST (Instantaneous FuelEconomy): When INST MPG” is selected,
you will see what your fuel economy is at thatinstant. The computer
takes anew reading twice every second. It will show economy up to70
miles per gallon (or 2 liters per 100 Kilometers).
RANGE: This display shows howfar the computerthinks you can go with
the fuel that is inyour tank. The computer does
not know what driving
conditions will be like for therest of your trip, so the rangeis estimated
based on your previous fuel economy. Therefore, your range readingmay
change asyour driving habits change(going from city to highway driving
may increase the range reading).
When you get down to 40 miles to go (or,in metric 64 km) the range
display will show“Lo”.
Your computer needs enough data for the
“RANGE” reading to work,
however, so it will read “Lo”for awhile when your vehicle is brand new
(under 25 miles). Also, it will show “Lo”for a while if your battery has
been disconnected.
“

“

“

“

c

135

Driver Information Center
..

.

t

Your Driver Information Center (DIC)display gives youthe statusof
many of your vehicle systems.
The DICis usedto display driverselectable
information and warninustatus messages.
If more than oneproblem is detected, messages will automaticallyappear
in priority succession with
the higher priority messages displayed first.
. c

Driver Information CenterControl Buttons
INFORMATION
Pressing this button successively will displaythe ENGINERPM (Digital
Cluster only), ENGINE COOLANT TEMP,B A m R Y VOLTAGE, OIL
LIFE INDEXand FUEL USED.
STORE/RECALL
Pressing this button will store any currently displayed messagethat is
indicating a system problem.Once a message hasbeen stored the next
message of normal information is displayed.
When a messageis stored it is saved inthe computer, but once the
ignition isturned off the message is lost. All messages
stored when your
engine is running can be viewed one at a time by pressing
"STORE/RECALE' button.
FUEL USED RESET
Display the fuel used, then press and hold the STORE/RECALL button

until 0 is displayed.
136

..

-

DISPLAY ON/OFF
Pressing thisbutton will turn off the Driver InformationCenter,
Electronic ClimateControl and Fuel Data Center displays. While
displays are off, pressing the “INFORMATION”
button will turn on only
the Driver InformationCenter. If any other button is pressed or a driving
warning message needsto be displayed,or fuel level falls below
4 gallons,
all the displays will come backon.
TRIP SET
Press and hold this button
to set the Trip Odometer back to zero.
ENG/MET (English/Metric)
Press thisbutton to switch from English (miles)to metric (kilometers).

Driver Information Center Messages
These messageswill appear if there is a problem sensedin one of your
vehicle’s systems. Vehiclesthat are first soldin Canada or are export
vehicles will have a numberafter each message. This number helps
to
identify that message, which is only displayed
in English.
APPLY BRAKE TO SHIFT
This messagewill appear if your vehicle is in“P” (Park) for about5
seconds andthe brake is not depressed.If you do not want this message
to appear, you can cancel this message
by pressing the OFF and the Blue
the same 2
(cooler) button on the Electronic Climate control panel. Push
buttons againto have this message displayed again.
A/C OVERHEATED A/C COMPRESSOR OFF
If the refrigerant system ever reaches an over-pressure condition, this
message willappear to tell you that the air conditioning compressor has
been turned off. Air conditioned
air will not be deliveredto cool your
vehicle. If the pressure returns to a normal operating range,you must
select “AUTO”,“DEFOG” ,or Defrost to start the compressor. If this
message continuesto appear, have the system repaired as soon as
possible to avoid compressor damage.
BATTERY NO CHARGE
This messagewill appear if your batteryis not being charged. Have your
electrical system checkedby your Cadillac dealershipat your earliest
convenience.

-

137

BATTERY VOLTS HIGH

c

This message shows that theelectrical charging system is overcharging,
(more than 16 volts). To avoid being stranded have the electrical system
checked by your Cadillac dealership at your earliest convenience. You can
reduce the charging overload by using the accessories. Turn on the lights,
radio, set theClimate Control on “AUTO” and the fan speed on “HI”
and turn the rearwindow defogger on. You can monitor battery voltage
on the Driver Information Center by toggling the “INFORMATION”
button. When the engine is running, the normal range is 11.5 to 15.5
volts.
BATTERY VOLTS LOW
This message will appear when the electrical system ischarging less than
10 volts, or if the battery has been drained.
If this message appears
immediately after startingit is possiblethat the generatorcan still
recharge the battery. The battery should recharge afterdriving a few
miles and themessage should go out. If this message appears while
driving or afterstarting your vehicle and stays on, have it checked
immediately to determine the cause
of this problem. To help the
generator recharge the battery
quickly, you can reduce the load on the
electrical system by turning off your accessories. You can monitor battery
voltage on theDriver Information Center by toggling the
“INFORMATION’’ button. The normal range is 11.5 to 15.5 volts.
CHANGE TRANS FLUID (Northstar Only)
This message will appear when it istime to replace thetransaxle fluid.
See your maintenance booklet for the properfluid and change intervals.
CHECK BRAKE FLUID
This message is displayed to inform the driver that the brakereservoir
fluid level is low.Check the brakereservoir level and add as needed.
Have the brake system serviced by a Cadillac technician as soon as
possible. If the brake warning light is on, follow the directions in that
section.

CHECK COOLANT LEVEL (Northstar Only)
This message will appear when there is a low levelof engine coolant.
Have the cooling system serviced by a Cadillac technician as soon as
possible.

138

I

.

-’

L

c

CHECK FUEL GAGE
This message willappear when your fuel supply is lessthan 4 gallons and
your displayis turned off.
CHECK OIL LEVEL (Northstar Only)
This message willappear when your engine oil is approximatelya quart
low. If this message is displayed, check
the oil and add as needed.
CHANGE OIL SOON
This message will appear when your engine oilis less than 10 percent or
the mileage since the last oil change is more
than 6750 miles.
CHANGE ENGINE OIL
This means that the life of your engine oil has expired and it should
be
changed immediately.See engine oiland filter recommendations in the
Maintenance Schedule. After an oil change, the Oil Life Index must be
reset. See “Oil Life Indicator” in the index on how to reset it.
ENGINE COOLANT HOT IDLE ENGINE

This message willappear when your engine coolant temperature is over
126°C (248°F). To avoid added strain on a hot engine, turn off your
Climate Control system and stop and allow your vehicleto idle until it
cools downor themessage is removed. If it does not cool down,turn off
your engine and have it serviced before driving it again. Severe engine
damage can result froman overheated engine. See “Engine Overheating”
in the Index.
ENGINE HOT- A/C COMPRESSOR OFF
This message will appear when the Climate Control is in “Auto” or
Defrost and the engine coolant is hotter than the normal operating
temperature. To avoid added strain on a hot engine the air conditioning
compressor is automatically turned off. When that happens, air
conditioned air is not delivered. If the coolant temperature returns to
normal, you must select“AUTO”,“DEFOG” or Defrost to return to a
normal A/C compressoroperation.
FUEL LEVEL VERY LOW
This message serves as a warning that the fuel level in your tank is
critically low. I t means you s h w l d stop for fuel immediately.

139

-

LOW A/C REFRIGERANT SERVICE A/CSOON
This message will appear when the A/C refrigerant is so low that it no
longer can cool well. This message showsthat some of the refrigerant has
leaked out of the system, and that theA/C needs recharging. If you do
not have it recharged, the system may not cool at all.
CHECK WASHERFLUID
This message showsthat thewasher fluid reservoir is nearly empty.

REDUCE ENGINE POWER (Northstar Only)
This message will appear if the engine starts tocut cylindersto reduce
power. If this message is ever displayed, have your vehicle serviced as
soon as possible.
SERVICE A/C SYSTEM A/C COMPRESSOR OFF
This messageappears when the electronic sensors that control the A/C
and heating system are no longer working.You may notice a drop in
heating and A/C efficiency when this message
appears. Have your
Climate Control system servicedif this message appears.
STARTING DISABLEDDUE TO THEFT SYSTEM REMOVE
IGNITION KEY
This messagewill appear when the Personalized Automotive Security
System (PASSKey I1 ) senses that an improper ignition key is being
used to try to startthe vehicle. Checkthe ignition key for damage. If it is
damaged, it may need to be replaced. If you see no damage, cleanthe
pellet contacts with a soft clothor napkin. Removethe ignition key and
wait for the Driver Information Center todisplay “WAIT3 MINUTES”.
The Instrument Panel Cluster will then run a timer and changethe
messages to “WAIT 2 MINUTES”, WAIT 1 MINUTE”, and then
“START CAR”. When the “START CAR” message is displayed,try again
to start theengine.
SERVICE NOW - REFER TO OWNERS MANUAL
This message appears if you have a problem with the Electronic Control
Module (ECM). To correct this problem haveyour vehicle servicedat
your Cadillac dealership.

d

c

t
.

c

U

I

TM

“

140

u

SERVICE RIDE CONTROL
This message is displayed to indicate that theSuspension System isnot
operating properly. To correct this problem have your vehicle serviced
at
your Cadillacdealership at your earliest convenience.
STOP ENGINE ENGINE OVERHEATING
This message willappear when your engine has overheated. Stop and
turn your engine off immediately to avoid severe engine damage. See
“Engine Overheating” in the Index.
SERVICE VEHICLESOON
This message will appear if there is a problem with your Emission
Control System. If the “SERVICE ENGINE SOON” light on the
instrument panel and this message appear and then turns off, it is an
indication that a temporary problem has cleared itself. Have your vehicle
checked at your earliest convenience.
STOP ENGINE LOW OIL PRESSURE
If this messageappears while the engine is running, stop the engine and
do not operate it until the cause of low oil pressure is corrected. Severe
damage to theengine can result.
SERVICE SUPPLEMENTAL INFLATABLE RESTRAINT
If this message appears, there is a problem with your Supplemental
Inflatable Restraint (Air Bag) system.Let only a qualified technician
work on your vehicle.See your Cadillacdealer for service at once.
THEFT SYSTEMPROBLEWCAR MAY NOT RESTART
This message means there is atroblem in the Personalized Automotive
Security System (PASS Key I1 ). PASS Key I1 TM will prevent the vehicle
from restarting if it is turned off, so you should take the vehicle to a
proper service center before turning the engine off. Never leavean
unattended vehicle with the engine running. Once you are where you can
get service,turn the engine off and then try to restart it. If the vehicle
does not restart, thePASS Key I1 TM system will need servicing.
TRACTION ACTIVE
If your vehicleis equipped with TractionControl, this messagewill be
displayed if Traction Control is being usedto reduce wheel slippage.

141

TRACTION DISABLED
If your vehicle is equipped with Traction Control, this message
will be
displayed if a problemis noted in the Traction Control System. Have your
vehicle serviced as soon as possible.

TRANS FLUID RESET (Northstar Only)
With the engine not running andthe ignition ON, press and hold the
OFF and REAR DEFOG buttons until the TRANS FLUID RESET
message appears in the Information Center (between S and 20 seconds).

This message isa reminder, after driving about a mile that you have your
turn signal on.
TRUNK OPEN
This message indicatesthat your trunk is open whenthe Ignition is ON.
VERY LOW REFRIGERANT
This message meansthat the Air Conditioning system detects a
refrigerant level that is low enough to cause damage
to the N C
compressor. To avoid damage, theA/C compressor automatically turns
off and the Electronic Climate Control
will automatically switch from
“AUTO” to “ECON” and remainthere. Have vourA/C system servicedif
this message appears.

Speed Sensitive Steering (SSS)
This system variesthe amount of steering effort proportionateto your
vehicle speed. Steeringis easier at a lower speed for increased
As your vehicle speed increases, the
maneuverability and parking ease.
steering effortis also increased proportionately. At highway speeds
the
amount of steering effortis greatly increasedto provide a manual like
steering feel for maximum control and enhanced vehicle stability.

142

Li

Road Sensing Suspension(Northstar Only)
The Road Sensing Suspension automatically controls the ride
of your
vehicle. The system controls damping forces
in the shock absorbers and
struts in response to various road and driving conditions. The system
is
capable of making these changeswithin milli-seconds.
The Road Sensing Suspension controller
is a computer usedto control
and monitorthe system. The computer receives inputs from vertical
acceleration sensors, wheelto body position sensors, vehicle speed
sensor, lift and dive signals, and determines optimum
strut valving or
(suspension stiffness) for your
current operating conditions. The
computer also receives feedback from the various components
to
determine propersystem operation. If the computer receives an incorrect
feedback from the system, an
error code will be setin memory anda
SERVICE RIDE CONTROL messagewill display on the Driver
Information Center. If this message shouldappear, have your vehicle
serviced at your Cadillac dealerat your earliest convenience.

Oil Life Indicator

3

Your Cadillac hasa Driver Information Centerwith an Oil Change
Indicator feature. This tellsyou when you need to change your engine oil.
It's basedupon the engine oil temperatures and your driving patterns.
To see the display,
press the Information
button several times
until " OIL LIFE
INDEX" appears.

143

You’ll see how much oil lifeyou have left, as a percentage.
So, if you see
“95 OIL LIFE INDEX,” for example, that means
that the way you’re
driving your car,95% of your current oil lifeis still left.
The “OIL LIFE INDEX’ may say to change the oil sooner than your
maintenance schedule. This can happen
if driving conditions, such
as
short tripsin cold weather,cause shorter oil life. Always keepa written
record of the mileage anddate when you last changed your oil. For more
information onwhen to change your oil, see
the “Maintenance
Schedule.”
If you see “CHANGEOIL SOON,” it means thatyou have lessthan 10%
of your oil life left, and you should consider changing your engine oil.
If you see “CHANGE ENGINE OIL,” it means the oil life is gone and
you should change the oil right
away (certainly within200 more miles
[320 km]).
The system probablywill say to change the oil between
3000 miles (5000
km) and 7500 miles (12500 km),but it may even sayto change it before
3000 under very severe conditions. It all depends on your driving
patterns. If it’s been 7500 miles (12500 km) it will say to change oil.
There are two things the system doesn’t do:
It can’t sense heavy dustin the places where you drive. If you drivein
a dusty area, you should change your oil every
3000 miles (5000 km)
or 3 months (whichever comes first), unless the display says
to change
it even sooner than
that.
It doesn’t check how much oil you have,so you’ll still have to check
for that.To see how, see Indexunder “Engine Oil.”
Also, for thesystem to work right,it is important that you use SG oil, as
discussed earlier.

when You’ve Changed the Oil

y.

u

H

U

When new oil is putin, you’ll need to reset your system.To do it, display
the “OIL LIFE INDEX’ by pressing the “Information” button. Then
press and hold the “STORE/RECALC’ buttons
until the display shows
“100.”

144

Speed Sensitive Suspension
The Speed Sensitive Suspension automatically controls
the firmness of
your Cadillac’s ride.A n actuator in each of the four struts will change
ride firmness depending on vehicle speed other
and driving conditions.
As the vehicle speed increases, the firmness
of the suspension changesto
one or three damping modes “Comfort”, for speeds less than
40 mph,
“Normal” for speeds between
40 and 60 mph, and “Firm” for speeds
greater than60 mph. The system also stiffens damping during hard
acceleration, braking and cornering for increased control.
A computer is used to control and monitor the
system. The computer
receives speed, acceleration and determines optimum mode strut valving
(or suspension stiffness) for your current operating conditions.
The
computer also receives feedback from struts
the to determine proper
system operation. If the computer receives an incorrect feedback from
the system,an error code will be set in memory and
a message
“SERVICE RIDE CONTROC‘ will be displayed untilthe problem is
corrected. If this message shouldappear, have your vehicle serviced at
your Cadillacdealer at your earliest convenience.

Electronic LevelControl
This keeps your car level.
The ignition hasto be “ON”for thelevel control to work. When
you turn
the ignition off, you mayhear thelevel control exhausting.The system
consists of an electronic height sensor,
a small electric air compressor,
and air adjustable shock absorbers mounted the
on rear of the vehicle.
If the system hasa slight leak, the air compressor
will run frequently fora
few seconds each time.
For a massive air leak,the air compressorwill stay on for approximately
7
minutes. You should see yourdealer for service, butyou can keep driving
your Cadillac, though.

145

3 SECTION 3
COMFORT CONTROLS ANDAUDIO SYSTEMS
In this section you'll findout how to operate the comfort control systems
and audiosystems offeredwith your Cadillac. Besure to read about the
particular system supplied with your vehicle.

YOUR CADILLLACAIR SYSTEM
Outside Air
The outside airalways flows through your Cadillacwhen it is moving. It
enters your vehicle through an inlet
at the base of the windshield. Keep
this area clear a debris. Even if the vehicle is not moving, you can always
get outside air. If you are traveling in the 60" F (16 C ) AUTO setting, a
door will close to stop theflow of outside air, recirculating only
the
interior airto cool your vehicle.

-

Air Outlets

outlets.

146

Electronic Climate Control(ECC)

Your vehicle has strategicaly placed electronic sensors, that feed
information to thevehicle’s computer systems. Your vehicle can control
the ventilation, heating,and air conditioningautomatically year round.
The outside temperature,inside temperature setting, fan speeds, andthe
ECC selection are displayed on a digital screen.
OFF: Nothing is on, but airwill flow through yourvehicle if you’re
moving. The system will try to keep the air at the
selected temperature,
but it might not be able to maintainit if it’s hot, or cold, outside.
“OUTSIDE” Temperature: The outside temperatureis always displayed
when your vehicle is running. You can changeit from Celsius to
Fahrenheit by pushing the ENG/MET(English/Metric) button.

147

I

Temperature

To select the
temperature you want,
push the blue button
for a cooler setting and
the red buttonfor a
warmer setting.The
temperature setting
will be displayedon
the digital screen.

You can select temperatures from
65OF (18OC)to 85°F (69OC). And, at
each end, you may choose 60"F (16OC), for maximum cooling, and90°F
(33OC), for maximum heating.We recommend when first getting familiar
with your vehicle, select75OF (24OC). You may find that your own
personal comfort requiresa slightly higheror lower setting. Once you set
the temperature, the system will automatically maintain the set
temperature.
ECON
With this setting it's all automatic, but the air conditioning compressor
does notoperate and it won't removehumidity from the air. However,
the system will try to keep the airat the selected temperature. Use this
setting in cold or cool weatherto save fuel.
If it's warm outside and you need
to cool the air, use the next choice.

AUTO
With this setting, the air conditioning compressor runs it's
andall
automatic. In cold weather when the system senses the need for the
heat,
air flow will be directedout the floor ducts.As the interiortemperature
approaches the desired setting,the blower speedwill decrease andthe air
flow could be directed through the defroster and floor ducts.
To maintain
interior comfort, the airflow may move to the air outlets and floor ducts
(Bi-level). On bright sunny days in cold weather, the
flowaircould even
come out the A/C outletsto maintain comfort.

148
-.

Electronic Climate Control Features
A/C Purge
If your vehicle is sitting out on a hotday and you have it set on AUTO,
the airwill first flow out thefloor air ducts for few
a seconds. That is
normal. This is to expel hot air in the air ducts. As the air is cooled, the
flow will move through theA/C outlets.
Cold Weather Purge
On cold days when your system isfirst turned on, at any setting other
than Defroster,DEFOG orOFF a small amount of air will flow through
the defroster duct preventing
your windshield from fogging.
Automatic Defog
When using your wipers or rearwindow defogger for several minutes, the
system senses that a humid condition exists. When this happens, airflow
will be directed to thewindshield and floor ductsto keep your side glass
and windshield clear.
Manually Recirculate InsideAir
There may be times, when you don’t want air from the outside. To
recirculate the air from the inside only, just set the temperature to
60°F
(16°C) and adjustyour fan speed.
DEFOG
Push this button todivide the air between the windshield and the heater
ducts. This is useful when fog appears on the windshield or side glass due
to a suddenrain.

149

Fan Speeds

Push the (symbol)
button until “AUTO” is
displayed on the
screen. At this setting,
the fan speed is
controlled
automatically. If it is
cold outside, the
blower may not run in
the maximum highfan
speed. That is normal.
If you want the blower fan to runonly at a fixed highspeed, push the
(upper) buttonuntil you see “HI” on thedisplay.
If you want the fan speed to be automatic, you
but like the fan speed to
be higherthan the AUTOsetting, just pushthe buttonsuntil “HI/AUTO”
is shownon thedisplay.
If you want the blower to run only at a fixed low speed, push the (low)
button until“LO” is shown on thedisplay.
If you want the fan speed to run
lower than the“AUTO” setting, push the
button until “AUTO LO” is shownon thedisplay.
DEFROSTER
Push this button to
remove fog or ice from
the windshield.
The fan speed will work automatically or you can choose another fan
speed if you want.
It will help a lotif you first clear any ice and snow from the hood and the
air inlet(it’s between the hood andthe windshield).

150

Ip
i
i

P

I"
c

P

WARDEFOGGER
Push thisbutton to turn
on the rear defogger.
With it, your rear
window and both
outside rearview
mirrors are heated.
The system will
automatically shut off
after 10 minutes. If
further defrosting is
desired, simply push
the button again.

P

F

F

r

Ekctronic Solar Sensor
The Electronic Solar Sensor
is part of the Electronic Climate Control
System.
The sensor monitors
the sun's solar
radiation by telling the
Electronic Climate
Control system at what
angle and intensitythe
sun is.The Electronic
Climate Control uses
this informationto
automatically make
the necessary
temperature and air
flow adjustments.

151

Rear Seat Air Outlet
Move the switch to
adjust the blower
speed from“LO” to
“HI.”
Move the “VENT”
lever to direct air flow
from either the upper
or floor outlets.

Heated Windshield (Option)
Front De-Ice

Here’s how to use your heated windshield in cold weather to remove ice
or frost quickly:
1. If any snow ispiled up on the windshield, brush it away.

2. Start your Cadillac and leave it in P (“Park”).

3. Push the switch. A light will come on totell you it is working.

152

4. Try not touse other electrical equipmentwhile the system is working.

The system will go off after a four minute heatingcycle. If you shift out of
“P7’(Park), the system will only cycle for two minutes. If youwant it to
cycle again, pushthe switch. It will go onfor two minute cycles after that.
If it has cleared yourwindshield before thecycle isover, you can turnit
off try just pushing the switch again.
windshield. In warm weather theheated
Use the defroster to clear the
windshield system helps keep thevehicle’s interior cool by blocking much
of the sun’s heat producing radiation.The system’s solar control
properties also help reduce interiorfading.
There is a metal film in the windshield which willblock out some radio or
microwave signals.Therefore, the heatedwindshield will reduce the
useful range of devices such as garage door openers and radar detectors.
(In certain states radar detectors are
legal.)

SOUND SYSTEMS
Your Delcoa soundsystem has beendesigned to operateeasily and give
years of listening pleasure. But you will get the most enjoyment out of it if
you acquaint yourself with it first. Find out what your Delcos system can
do andhow to operateall its controls, to be sure
you’re getting the most
out of the advanced engineeringthat went into it.

FM Stereo
FM stereowill give youthe best sound. But FM signals will reach only
about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). And, tall buildings or hills can
interfere with FM signals, causing the sound to come andgo.

especially at
The rangefor most AM stations is greater than for FM,
night. The longer range,however, can cause stationsto interfere with
each other.AM can pick up noise from things like storms andpower
lines. Try reducing the trebleto reduce thisnoise if you ever getit.

153

I
This means your radio can produce quality
AM sound comparableto FM
stereo. A M A X @ reduces noise without reducing
the high frequencies you
need forthe best sound.In addition to improved sound quality,AMAX@
includes more station on the
AM band. You don't have to do anything in
your radio because
A M A X @ is automatic.

I

AM Stereo

I

A CAUTION:
Hearing damagefrom loud noiseis almost undetectableuntil it
is too late. Your hearing can adapt to higher volumes of sound.
Sound that seems normal can be loud
and harmful to your
hearing. Take precautions by agjusting the volume control on
your radio to a safe sound level before your hearing
adapts to it.
To help avoid hearing loss
or damage:
0

Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting.
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably and
clearly.

154

I.

I

How To Operate Your Sound System
Your Cadillac will have one of these Delco Radio Systems.

n

e

TUNE

-

155

I
I

R

....*%.... ...r+,...m
+-*,

":-. .

,..F"..,?,.._l

m. ,..t.

............. ......................

j.l~

I
"

-,-,,.,,

:i

...............................

. . . . . . . ..

(.

,

. -1

........................

Please read the following to operate the radio portionof your Delco
radio system.

The Upper h o b
The upper knobdoes these five things:
It turns the radio on and off.

It controls the volume.

156

l
i

It letsyou see what stationyou nave. (When the radiois on, push the
knob to display the station).
It tells you the time. (When theignition is off, push the upper knob to
display the time.)
0 Push the knob to change directionof tape play.
Behind the upper knobis a balance control.It moves the soundbetween
the left and right speakers. If you have the Delco Bose System youdo not
have this balance control.

The Lower Knob
Turn the lower knob to choose radio stations. Push the knobto switch
from Ah4 or FM.
If you have the DelcoBose Gold SeriesMusic System, it lets you switch
from CD (Compact Disc) to TP(Tape player).
The control behind the lower knob moves the sound between your front
and rearspeakers.

SCAN
L

When you push this button either up or down, the SCAN indicator in the
display will light and the radiowill find the next station andstay there
about 5 seconds. Then it willgo to thenext station and pause, and keep
doing that until you push either theSCAN or upper knob.

SEEK
This buttonselects stations, butit doesn’t keep moving as SCAN does.
When you push SEEK up ordown, the radiowill automatically go to the
next strongest station andstay there.

Export Radio Only
The SCAN andSEEK function selects stationonly in one direction.

157

Push Buttons
You can set the push buttons
to get up to ten favorite stations (Five
on

AM and five moreon FM). Just:
Choose either AM or FM
Tune in the station.
Push the SET button.
Within 5 seconds, push oneof the five push buttons.
Repeat these steps for each
of the five push buttons.

BASS

Y

CI

The slide control increasesor decreases the bass response tone. Moving
while moving it to the left decreases
the control to theright increases bass
it.

TREBLE
The slide control increases
or decreases the treble response tone.
Moving
the controlto the right increases the treble while moving itto the left
decreases it.

Your Cassette Tape Phyer

Y

Your cassette tape player works bestwith tapes thatare 30 to 45 minutes
long on each side. Tapes longer than that
are so thin that they may not
work well in this player.
If you look at the tape, or on its label orbox, it should say whether its
bias, (“equalization”is 70 microseconds (70 p ) or 120 microseconds (120
p ). Chrome and metal tapesare 70 p sec and standard iron tapes
are 120
p sec. Your tape player will adjust automatically foreither type of
cassette tape.

158

Y

To Play A Cassette Tape
Turn the radio on.
0 Insert the cassette through the tape door. (The
“TAPE”indicator in
the display will light.)
If you hear nothing or hear just a garbled sound, the cassette may not be
in squarely. Pushthe EJCT button to remove the tapeand start over. The
tape equalization is automaticallysensed and set. Inserting the cassette
also automatically disables DNR@*and activates DOLBY@noise
reduction.
DNR@is the Dynamic Noise Reduction. It helps remove background hiss
noise from the radio.
Once the tapeis playing, use the upper and lower knobs to adjust the
volume and balance, just as you do for the radio. Pushthe upperknob
to change tape direction. The arrow in the display show which
direction the tapeis being played.
0

FWD (Forward)
Push the FWD button to move forward rapidlyto another partof the
tape. The radio will play during fast forward. To stop the tape push the
same button and the tapewill start toplay again.

REV (Reverse)
Push the REV button to move the taperapidly backward. To stop the
tape, push the same button lightly or any of the otherbuttons. The radio
will play during this reverse function.
To go from one side of the tape to the other, push in the upperknob on
your radio. To remove the tape, push EJCT. The tape can be ejected when
the ignition is turned off.

*DNR@is a registered trademark of National Semiconductor
Corporation.
159

NEXT
Push the NEXT button upto jump quicklyto the next selection.If the
selection is at the end of the tape, the tape will reverse directions and
begin playing at a normal speed.

PREY
Push the PREV button up
to quickly goto the beginning of the last
selection.
If the player has played less than
10 seconds intothe current selection,
depressing thePREV button will cause the playerto find the beginningof
the previous selection and resume play from
that point. If the player is
more than 10 seconds into the current selection, pressing PREV button
will cause the playerto find the beginning of the current selection and
resume play fromthat point. If PREV is issued whilethe first selection on
the tape is being played,the playerwill return to the beginningof that
side of the tape.

Y

STfPL (St~p-Play)
Press STPL to switch back to the radio without ejecting the tape. Press
it
a second timeto start playing it again.

EJCT (Eject Tape)
Press this buttonto remove the tape.

The Delco BoseGold Series Music System
This optional soundsystem combines anAM/FM stereo radio with a
in a single unit.
cassette tape player and a compact disc player
To operate the radio and cassettetape player portionof this music
system, please readthe beginning of this section. “HowTo Operate Your
Sound System” and “Your Cassette Tape Player.”

160

c

To Play theDisc Player
Before you begin, please note: don’t use the mini-discs that are called
“singles” (even with an adapter). They won’t eject. Use full-size compact
discs only.
Turn the radio on.
Insert a disc (label side up) partway into theslot. The player will pull
it in. Wait afew seconds and thedisc will play.Then only the time of
day and “CD” will display.
If the disc comes back out, check to see if
The disc is upside down.
The disc is dirty,scratched, or wet.
There’s too much moisture in the air. (If there is, wait about onehour
and try again).

“Err” (Error Detection)
If this message is displayed,you have acondition of either extreme
temperature, moisture, or an incorrect disc. The disc will automatically be
ejected. When conditions are back to normal, the disc should play again.

RCLIPROG (RecalllProgram)
Press once to see what track is being played.
Within 5 seconds press it a secondtime to see how long the disc has
been playing.
Press it athird time to see the time of day.

Rev (Reverse)
Push and hold REV to return rapidly withina track. Release it to play the
passage. The elapsed time will be displayed to show the reverse progress
of the CD.

FWD (Fast Forward)
Press and hold FWD to advance quickly within a track.Release it to
resume playing. Elapsed time will be displayed to show the forward
progress of the CD.

161

Prev (Previous)
Push this buttonto go back to the beginning of the track or push it again
to a favorite track.

Next
u

Push this button to advance to the next track.

STiPL (StopfPlay)
Press this button and thedisc or tapewill stop without ejecting it and the
radio will start toplay. Press it again and thedisc or tapewill start toplay
again.

EJCT (Eject)
Press this buttonto eject the disc or tape. If you have both a CD and a
tape in the player, then the otherplayback media will start toplay. Press
it again and the othermedia will eject.

Comp (Compression)
Pressing COMP makes soft and loudpassages more nearly equal in
volume. For example, playing classicalor jazz music with very quiet and
very loud passages in the same tune. TheCOMP display will lightas long
as COMP is on.

Setting The Clock
Turn the ignition on. Then:
To Set the Hour:
Press SET, and within 5 seconds,
Press and hold SEEK. When the clock gets to the correct hour, letgo.
To Set theMinutes:
Press SET, and within 5 seconds,

Press and hold SCAN. When the clock gets to thecorrect minute, let
go.
Your clockis set.
162

Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
A tape player that is not cleaned regularly can cause reduced sound
quality, ruined cassettes,or a damaged mechanism. Cassettetapes should
be stored in their cases away from contaminants, direct sunlight, and
extreme heat. If they aren't, they may notoperate properly or cause
failure of the tape player.
Your tape player should be cleaned regularly each month
or after every
15 hours of use. If you noticea reduction in sound quality, trya known
good cassetteto see if the tape or the tape player is at fault. If this other
in sound quality, clean the
tape player.
cassette has no improvement
Clean yourtape player with a wiping-action, non-abrasive cleaning
cassette, andfollow the directions providedwith it.
Cassettes are subject to wear andthe sound qualitymay degrade over
time. Always make sure that the cassette tape is in good condition before
you have yourtape player serviced.
3

Care of Your Compact Discs
Handle discs carefully.Store them in their original casesor other
protective cases andaway from direct sunlightand dust. If the surface of
a disc is soiled, dampen
a clean, soft clothin a mild, neutral detergent
solution and clean it, wiping from
the center to the edge.
Be sure never to
touch the signal
surface when
handling discs.Pick
up discsby grasping
the outer edges or
the edgeof the hole
and the outer edge.

A

163

Power Antenna Mast Care
Your powerantenna will look its best and work well if it’scleaned from
time to time.
To Clean the Antenna Mast:
1. lbrn on theignition andradio to raise the antennato full mast
extension.
2. Dampen a clean cloth with mineralspirits or equivalent solvent.
3. Wipe cloth over the mast sections, removing any
dirt.
4. Wipe dry with clean clothbefore retracting.
5. Make the antennago up and downby turning the radio or ignition on
and off.
6. Then repeat if necessary.

NOTICE:

I

Don’t lubricate thepower antenna. Lubrication could damage

164

I
I

I
YOUR DRIVING AND THE ROAD

P

Here you’ll find information about driving on different kinds of roads and
in varying weather conditions. We’ve also included many other useful tips
on driving.

RORD SIGNS
The road signs you see everywhere are coded by color, shape and
symbols. It’s a good idea to know these codes so that you can quickly
grasp the basic meaning or intent of the sign even before you have a
chance to read it.

165

I

Color of Road Signs

WRONG
WAY

RAILROAD
ADVANCE
CROSSING

NO PASSING
ZONE

.. -

NARROW
BRIDGE

YELLOW indicates a general warning. Slow down and
be careful when
you see a yellow sign. It may signal a railroad crossingahead, a no passing

166

zone, or some otherpotentially dangerous situation.Likewise, a yellow
solid line painted on the road means
“Don’t Cross.’’

A

A

LOW
SHOULDER

WORKERS
AHEAD

FLAGGER
AHEAD

ORANGE indicates road constructionor maintenance. You’ll want to
slow down when you see an orangesign, as part of the roadmay be closed
off or tornup. And there may be workers and maintenancevehicles
around, too.

GREEN is used to guide the driver. Green signs mayindicate upcoming
freeway exits or show the direction you should turn to reach a particular
place.

~

~

INFORMATION

HOSPITAL

BLUE signs withwhite lettersshow motorists’ services.

‘

L

CANOEING

SWIMMING

BROWN signs point out recreation areas or points
of historic or cultural
interest.

Shape of Road Signs
The shapeof the sign will tell you something, too.

168

STOP
An OCTAGONAL (eight-sided) sign means STOP. It is always red with
white letters.

A DIAMOND-shaped sign is a warningof something ahead- for
example, a curve, steep hill, soft shoulder, or a narrow bridge.

A TRIANGLE, pointed downward, indicates YIELD. It assigns the
right-of-way to traffic on certain approaches to an intersection.

169

A TRIANGULAR sign also is used on two-lane roadsto indicate aNO
PASSING ZONE. This sign willbe on the left side of the roadway.

ONLY
\

KEEP
RIGHT

LEFT OR
THROUGH

RIGHT TURN
ONLY

RECTANGULAR (square or oblong) signs show speed limits, parking
regulations, give directions, and such information as distances
to cities.

170

c

Symbols on Road Signs

There aremany international roadsigns in use today.
The basic message of many of these signs is inpictures or graphic
symbols. A picture within a circle with a diagonalline across it shows
what not to do.

171

TRAFFIC LZGHTS
c

i

I

I

We’re all familiarwith traffic lightsor stop lights, Often green arrows are
being used inthe lights for improved traffic control. On somemultilane
roads, green arrows light up, indicating
that traffic inone ormore lanes
can moveor make a turn. Green arrows don’tmean “go no matter what.”
You’ll still need to proceed with caution, yielding the right of way to
pedestrians and sometimes to othervehicles.
Some traffic lights also use red arrows
to signify that you must stop before
turning on red.

r

c

REVERSIBLE
LANE ON
MULTILANE
ROADWAY

172

c

Many city roads andexpressways, and even bridges, use reversible-lane
traffic control duringrush hours. A red X light above a lane means no
driving in that lane at that
time. A green arrow meansyou may drive in
that lane. Look for thesigns posted to warn driverswhat hours anddays
these systems are in effect.

PAKEMENTlMARKlNGS

1

NO
PASSING
ZONE

Pavement markings add totraffic signs and signals. They give information
to drivers without taking attentionfrom the roadway. A solid yellow line
on your side of the road or lane means
“don’t cross.’’

YOUR OWN SIGNALS
Drivers signal to others,too. It’s not only more polite, it’s safer to let
other drivers know what you are doing. A n d in some places the law
requires driversignals.
Turn and lane changesignals. Always signal when you plan to turn or
change lanes.
If necessary, you can use hand signals out thewindow: Left arm straight
a right turn.
out fora left turn, down for slow or about-to-stop, and up for
Slowing down. If time allows, tap the brakepedal once or twice in
advance of slowing or stopping. This warnsthe driver behind you.
Disabled. Your four-way flashers signal that your vehicle is disabled or is
a hazard. See “HazardWarning Flasher” in the Index.

173

TRAFFIC OFFICER
The traffic police officeris also a sourceof important information.The
officer’s signals govern, no
matter what the trafficlights or other signs
say.
The next section discusses someof the road conditionsyou may
encounter.

DEFENSmD m N G
The best advice anyone can give about driving is: Drive defensively.
Please start with a very important safety devicein your Cadillac: Buckle
up. (See “Safety Belts”
in the Index.)
Defensive driving really means “be ready for anything.” On
streets,
city
rural roads, or freeways, it means “always expectthe unexpected.”
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be careless and
make mistakes. Anticipate what they might Be
do.ready for their
mistakes.
Expect childrento dash out from behind parked cars, often followed
by
other children. Expect occupantsin parked carsto open doorsinto traffic.
Watch for movement in parked cars
-- someone may be about to open a
door.
Expect other drivers to run stop signs when youare on a through street.
Be readyto brake if necessary as you go through intersections.
You may
not have to use the brake, butif you do, you will be ready.
If you’re driving through a shopping
center parking lot wheremere are
well-marked lanes, directional arrows, and designated parking areas,
expect some driversto ignore all these markings and dash straight toward
one part of the lot.
Pedestrians can be careless.
Watch for them. In general,you must give
way to pedestrians even if you know you havethe rightof way.
Rear-end collisionsare about the most preventable of accidents. Yetthey
are common. Allow enough following distance. It’s
the best defensive
driving maneuver,in both city and rural driving.
You never knowwhen
the vehicle in front of you is goingto brake or turn suddenly.

u

c

Here’s a final bitof information about defensive driving.The most
dangerous time for driving in the U.S. is very early on Sunday morning.In
fact, GM Research studies show that themost and the least dangerous
times for driving, every week, fallon the sameday. That day is Sunday.
The most dangerous time is Sunday from 3 a.m. to 4 a.m. The safest time
is Sunday from 10 a.m. to 11 a.m. Driving the same distance on a Sunday
at 3 a.m. isn’tjust a little more dangerous than it is at 10 a.m. It’s about
134 times more dangerous!
That leads to thenext section.

DRUNKEN DRn/lNG
Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a national
tragedy. It’sthe number one contributor to thehighway death toll,
claiming thousands of victims every year. Alcoholtakes away three things
that anyone needs to drive a vehicle:
Judgment
0 Muscular Coordination
Vision
Police records show that half of allmotor vehicle-related deaths involve
alcohol - a driver, a passenger or someone else, such asa pedestrian,
had been drinking. In most cases, these deaths are the result of someone
who was drinking and driving. Over 25,000 motor vehicle-related deaths
occur each year because of alcohol, and thousands of people are injured.
Just how much alcoholis too much if a person plans to drive? Ideally,no
one should drink alcohol and then drive. But if one does, then what’s “too
much”? It can be a lot less than many mightthink. Although it depends
on each person and situation, here is some general information on the
problem.
The Blood AlcoholContent (BAC) of someone who is drinking depends
upon four things:
How much alcohol is in the drink.
0 The drinker’s body weight.
0 The amount of food that is consumed before and during drinking.
0 The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol.

175

According to theAmerican Medical Association,a 180-pound (82kg)
person who drinks three 12-ounce (355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will
end up with a BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reach the
same BAC by drinking three 4-ounce (120 ml) glassesof wine or three
mixed drinks if each had 1-1/2 ounces (45 ml) of a liquor like whiskey, gin
or vodka.
It’s the amount of alcohol that counts. For example, if the same person
drank three double martinis (3 ounces or 90 ml of liquor each) within an
hour, the person’s BAC would be close
to 0.12 percent. A person who
consumes food just before or during drinking will have a slightly lower
BAC level.

176

c

H

c
.

F

1I . .

R--

r -------laTHAT WILL
-

A BAC OF .85%

3 HOURS

-I

2 HOURS

1 HOUR

I

I
F

f
100

I
120

I

I

140
160

I

I

I

I
180

I

I

1

I
200

I
220

240

I

BODY WEIGHTIN POUNDS

r
I!

r
IL

P

r
r
F

The law in mostUS. states setsthe legal limitat a BAC of 0.10 percent.
In Canada the limit is 0.08 percent, and in some other countries it’s lower
than that. The BAC willbe over 0.10 percent after three tosix drinks (in
one hour). Of course, as we’ve seen, it depends on how much alcoholis in
the drinks, and how quickly the person drinks them.
But it’s veryimportant to keep in mind that theability to drive is affected
well belowa BAC of 0.10 percent. Research showsthat thedriving skills
of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching 0.05 percent, and
that the effects are worse at night. All drivers are impaired at BAC levels
above 0.05percent. Statistics showthat the chance of being in an accident
increases sharply for drivers who have
a BAC of 0.05percent or above. A
driver with a BAC level of0.06 percent (three beers in one hour for a
180-pound or 82 kg person) has doubled his or her chance of having an
accident. Ata BAC level of0.10 percent, the chance of that driver having
an accident is six times greater; at a level of 0.15 percent, the chances are
twenty-five timesgreater! And, the body takes about an hour to rid itself
of the alcohol in one drink. No amount of coffee or number of cold
showers will speed that up.
“I’ll be careful” isn’t the right answer. Whatif there’s an emergency, a
need to take sudden action, as when a child darts into the street?A

177

person with a higher BAC might not be able to react quickly enoughto
avoid the collision.
There’s something else about drinking and driving that many people
don’t know. Medicalresearch shows that alcohol in a person’s system can
make crashinjuries worse. That’s especiallytrue for brain, spinal cord
and heart injuries. That means that if anyone who has been drinking
-driver or passenger -- is in a crash, the chance of being killed or
permanently disabled is higher than if that person had not been drinking.
And we’ve already seen that the chance of a crash itself is higher for
drinking drivers.

A CAUTION:
Drinking and then driving i s very dangeroucr. h u r rt(lrw%.
perceptions, and judgmentwill be aNecled by even a smrl?
amount of alcohol. You could have a serious or even fatal

--

--

accident ifyou drive after drinking. Please don’t
drink and drive
or ride with a driver who
has been drinking. Ride home in a cab;
or if you’re with a group, designate
a driver who willnot drink.

CONTROL OF A PEHICLE
You have three systems that make your vehicle gowhere you want itto
go. They are thebrakes, the steering and the accelerator. All three
systems haveto dotheir work at the places where the tires meet the road.

178

Sometimes, as when you're driving on snow or ice, it's easy to ask more of
those controlsystems than thetires and road canprovide. That means
you can lose control of your vehicle.

Braking action involves perceDtion time and reactiontime.
First, you have to decide to push on the brake pedal. That's
perceDtion
time. Then you have to bring up your foot anddo it. That's reaction time.
Average reaction timeis about 3/4 of a second. But that's only an
average. It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three
seconds or morewith another. Age, physical condition, alertness,
coordination, andeyesight all play a part. So do alcohol, drugs and
frustration. Buteven in 3/4 of a second, a vehicle moving at 60 mph (100
km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m). That could be a lot of distance in an
emergency, so keeping cnough space between your vehicle and others is

-

impclrtmt.
o t LAWN*.
.ILIU.IIq q w g di\l,mccb vary grcatly with the surface of
IIK IO.^ ( u t ~ i l t ~ IkI ~ lp a i ~ - l l ~or
~ *gr,t\cl);
l~t
the condition of the road
( U L ' I . d r ? , ~ )i
. IIIC
)
1rc.d. J I ttrc
~ L X ~ ~ I ~ I Oo If Iyour brakes.
. h J .

0

A L c l i d nccdlchs hca\y braking. Somc: people drive in spurts -- heavy
acceleration followed by heavy braking -- rather than keeping pace
with traffic. This is a mistake. Your brakes may not have time to cool

179

3

between hard stops. Your brakes will wear out much faster if you do a
lot of heavy braking.
Don’t “ride” the brakes by letting your left foot rest lightly on the
brake pedal while driving.

8

A CAUTION:
“Riding” your brakes cancause them to overheat to the point
that they won’t work well. You might not be able to stop your
vehicle in time to avoid an accident. If you “ride” your brakes,
they will get so hot they will require a lot of pedal force to slow
you down. Avoid “riding” the brakes.

-

180

4

If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances,
you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking.That means better
braking and longer brake life.
If your engine ever stops while you’re driving,brake normally but
don’t pump your brakes. If you do, the pedal may get harder topush
down. If your engine stops, you will still havesome power brake assist.
But you will use it when you
brake. Once thepower assist is usedup, it
may take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.

Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS)
Your Cadillac has an advanced electronic braking system that will help
prevent skidding.
This light on the
instrument panel will
go on when you start
your vehicle.

Once thevehicle speed reaches about 5 mph (8 krnh),you may hear a
momentary motor or clicking noiseand you may even notice that your
brake pedal moves a little while this is going on. This is the ABS system
testing itself. If there’s a problem withthe anti-lock brake system, the
anti-lock brake system warning lightwill stay on. See “Anti-lock Brake
System Warning Light” inthe Index.

181

Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’ssay the road is wet. You’re driving
safely. Suddenlyan animal jumps out in front of you.
You slam on the brakes. Here’s whathappens with ABS.
A computer senses that wheels are slowing down.The computer
separately works the brakes at each front wheel and at the rear wheels.
The anti-lock system can change
the brake pressure faster than any driver
could. The computer is programmedto make the most of available tire
and road conditions.

You can steer around the obstacle while brakinghard.
As you brake, your computer keeps receiving updates on wheelspeed and
controls braking pressure accordingly.

182

P
P

c

A CAUTION
Anti-lock doesn’t change
the time you need to get your footup to
the brake pedal. If you get too closeto the vehicle in fkont of
you, you won’t have timeto apply your brakes if that vehicle
up ahead to
suddenly slowsor stops. Always leave enough room
stop, even though you haveanti-lock brakes.

To Use Anti-Lock:
Don’t pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down and let anti-lock
work for you. You may hear the anti-lock pump or motor operate, and
feel the brake pedal pulsate, but this is normal.

Disc Brake Wear Indicators
P

Your Cadillac has four-wheel disc brakes.
Disc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound may come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is
moving (except when you
are pushing on thebrake pedal firmly).

The brake wear warning sound means
that sooner or later your
brakes won’t work well.That could leadto an accident, When
you hear the brake wear warning sound, have your vehicle
serviced.

F

F

183

r

Some driving conditionsor climates may cause a brake squeal whenthe
brakes are first appliedor lightly applied. This does not mean something
is wrong with your brakes.
Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal Travel
See yourdealer if the brake pedal does not
return to normal height,or if
there is a rapid increasein pedal travel. This could be
a sign of brake
trouble.

c

Brake Agustment
Every time you makea moderate brake stop,
your disc brakes adjust for
wear.
If you rarely make a moderate
or heavier stop, then your brakes might
not adjust correctly.If you drive in that way, then -- very carefully -- make
a few moderate brake stops about
every 1000 miles (1600 km), so your
brakes will adjust properly.

Braking in Emergencies
Use your anti-lock braking systemwhen you need to.With anti-lock, you
can steer and brake atthe same time. Inmany emergencies, steering can
help you more than eventhe very best braking.

STEERING
Power Steering

c

u

If you lose power steering assist because
the engine stopsor the system
fails to function, you can steer but itwill take much more effort.

Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
It’s importantto take curves at a reasonable speed.

184

A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned
on the news
happen on curves. Here’swhy:
Experienced driveror beginner, eachof us is subject to the same laws of
physics when driving on curves.
The traction of the tires againstthe road
surface makes it possible the
for vehicle to change its pathwhen you turn
the front wheels.If there’s no traction, inertiawill keep the vehicle going
in the same direction.If you’ve ever triedto steer a vehicle on wet ice,
you’ll understand this.
The traction you can getin a curve depends onthe condition of your tires
and the road surface, the angle
at which the curveis banked, and your
speed. While you’re in
a curve, speedis the one factoryou can control.
Suppose you’re steering through
a sharp curve. Then you suddenly
accelerate.
Those two control systems-- steering and acceleration-- can overwhelm
those places wherethe tires meetthe road and makeyou lose control.
on the accelerator
What shouldyou do if this ever happens? Let up
pedal, steer the vehiclethe way you want itto go, and slow down.
Speed limit signs near curves warnthat you should adjust your speed. Of
course, the posted speedsare based on good weather and road
conditions. Under less favorable conditionsyou’ll want to go slower.
If you need to reduce your speed as
you approach a curve, do it before
you enter the curve, while your front wheels
are straight ahead.
Try to adjust your speedso you can “drive” throughthe curve. Maintaina
reasonable, steady speed.
Wait to accelerate until you are out of the
curve, and then accelerate gently
into the straightaway.
When you driveinto a curve at night, it’sharder to see the road ahead of
you because it bends away from the straight beamsof your lights. This is
one good reasonto drive slower.

Steering in Emergencies
There are times when steering can
be more effective than braking. For
example, you come over a hill and find a truck stoppedin your lane,or a
car suddenly pullsout from nowhere,or a child darts out from between
in front of you. You can avoidthese problems
parked cars and stops right

185

by braking -- if you can stop in time. But sometimes you can’t; there isn’t
room. That’sthe time for evasive action-- steering around the problem.
Your Cadillac can perform very well in emergencies likethese. First apply
your brakes.It is better toremove as muchspeed as you can from a
possible collision.Then steer around theproblem, to the left or right
depending on the space available.
An emergency like thisrequires close attention and a quick decision. If
you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock
positions, you canturn it a full 180degrees very quickly without removing
either hand. Butyou have to act fast, steer quickly, and just as quickly
straighten the wheel once you have avoidedthe object. You must then be
prepared to steerback to your originallane and then brake to a
controlled stop.
Depending on your speed, this can be rather violent for an unprepared
driver. This is one of the reasons driving experts recommend that you use
your safetybelts and keep both hands on the steering wheel.

I

.

The fact that such emergencysituations are always possible is a good
reason to practice defensive drivingat all times.

OFF-ROAD RECOKERY
You may find sometime that your right wheels havedropped off the edge
of a road onto theshoulder while you’re driving.

186

I

If the level of the shoulder is only slightly belowthe pavement, recovery
should be fairly easy.Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing
in the way, steer so that your vehiclestraddles the edge of the pavement.
You can turn thesteering wheel up to 1/4 turn until the right front tire
contacts the pavement edge. Then turn your steering wheel to go straight
down the roadway.

If the shoulder appears tobe about fourinches (100 mm) or more below
the pavement, this difference can cause problems. If there is not enough
room to pull entirely onto theshoulder and stop, then follow the same
procedures. But if the right front tirescrubs againstthe side of the
pavement, do NOT steermore sharply. Withtoo much steering angle, the
vehicle may jump back onto theroad with so much steering input that it
crosses overinto theoncoming trafficbefore you can bring it backunder
control.
Instead, ease off againon theaccelerator and steering input, straddle the
pavement once more, then try again.

PASSING
The driver of a vehicle about to pass another ona two-lane highway waits
for just the right moment, accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead,
then goes back into the right lane again. A simple maneuver?
Not necessarily! Passinganother vehicle on a two-lane highway is a
potentially dangerous move, sincethe passing vehicle occupiesthe same

187

lane as oncoming trafficfor several seconds.A miscalculation, anerror in
judgment, or a brief surrender tofrustration or anger can suddenlyput
the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents-- the
head-on collision.

So here aresome tips for passing:
0 “Drive ahead.” Look down the road, to the sides, and to crossroads
for situations that might affect your passingpatterns. If you have any
doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass,wait for a better
time.
0 Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings,
and lines. If you can see a
sign up ahead that might indicate a turn or an intersection, delay your
to pass
pass. A broken center line usually indicates it’s all right
(providing the road ahead is clear). Never cross a solid line on your
side of the lane or a double solid line, evenif the road seems empty of
approaching traffic.
0 If you suspect that thedriver of the vehicle you wantto pass isn’t
aware of your presence, tap the horn a couple of times before passing.
0 Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you’re
awaiting an opportunity. For one thing, followingtoo closely reduces
your area of vision, especiallyif you’re followinga larger vehicle. Also,
you won’t have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenly slowsor
stops. Keep back a reasonable distance.
a When it looks like
a chance to pass is coming up,start to accelerate
but stay in the right lane and don’t get too close. Time your move so
you will be increasing speed as the time comesto move into the other
lane. If the way is clear to pass, you will havea “running start” that
more than makes up for the distance you would lose by dropping back.
And if something happens to cause you to cancel your pass,you need
only slow down and drop back again and waitfor another opportunity.
If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle, wait yourturn. But
take care thatsomeone isn’t tryingto pass you as you pull out to pass
the slow vehicle. Remember to glance over yourshoulder and check
the blind spot.
Check yourmirrors ,glance over yourshoulder, and start your left
lane change signal before moving out of the right lane topass. When
you are farenough ahead of the passed vehicleto see its front in your

188

H

.
-

rc

inside mirror, activate your right lane change signal and move back
into theright lane. (Remember thatyour right outside mirror is
convex. The vehicle youjust passed may seem to be fartheraway from
you than it really is.)
0

Try not to pass more than onevehicle at a time on two-lane roads.
Reconsider before passing the next vehicle.

0

Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicletoo rapidly. Even though the
brake lights are not flashing, it may be slowing downor starting to
turn.

If you’re being passed, makeit easy for the following driver to get
ahead of you. Perhaps you can ease a little to the right.

LOSS OF CONTROL
Let’s review what driving
experts say about what happens when the three
control systems (brakes, steering and acceleration) don’t have enough
friction where the tires meet the road to dowhat the driver has asked.
In any emergency, don’tgive up. Keep trying to steer and constantly seek
an escape route or areaof less danger.

Skidding
In a skid, a driver can losecontrol of the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid
most skidsby taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions, and by
not “overdriving” those conditions. But skidsare always possible.
The three types of skids correspond to your Cadillac’sthree control
systems. Inthe braking skid yourwheels aren’t rolling. In the steering or
cornering skid, too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip
and lose cornering force. Andin the acceleration skid too much throttle
causes the driving wheelsto spin.
A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best handled by easing your
foot off the accelerator pedal.
If your vehiclestarts toslide (as when you turn a corner on a wet, snowor ice-covered road), ease your foot off the accelerator pedal as soon as
you feel the vehicle start toslide. Quickly steer the way you want to go. If
you start steering quickly enough, your vehicle will straighten out. As it
does, straighten the front wheels.

189

\

Of course, tractionis reduced when water, snow, ice, gravel, or other
material is on theroad. Forsafety, you’ll want to slow down and adjust
your driving to theseconditions. It is important toslow downon slippery
surfaces because stopping distance
will be longer andvehicle control
more limited.
While driving on a surface with reduced traction,try your best to avoid
sudden steering, acceleration,or braking (including engine braking by
shifting to a lower gear). Any sudden changescould cause the tires to
slide. You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is
skidding. Learn to recognize warning clues -- such as enoughwater, ice 01
packed snow on the road to
make a “mirrored surface”-- and slow down
when you have any doubt.

Remember: Any anti-lock braking system ( A B S ) helps avoid only the
braking skid. Steer theway you want to go.

DRM.NG AT NIGHT

Night driving is more dangerousthan day driving. One reason is that
some driversare likely to be impaired-- by alcohol or drugs, with night
vision problems, or by fatigue.
Here are some tips on night driving.
Drive defensively. Remember, this is the most dangerous time.

190

I

0

0

0

0

0

Don’t drink anddrive. (See “Drunken Driving” in the Index for more
on this problem.)
Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from
headlights
behind you.
Since you can’t see aswell, you mayneed to slow down and keep more
space betweenyou and othervehicles. It’s hard to tell how fast the
vehicle ahead is going just by looking at its taillights.
Slow down, especially on higher speed roads.Your headlights can light
up only so much road ahead.
In remote areas,watch for animals.
If you’re tired, pull off the road in a safe place and rest.

Night Vision
No one can see aswell at night as in the daytime. But as we get older
these differences increase.A 50-year-old driver may require at leasttwice
as much light to see the same
thing at night as a 20-year-old.
What you do in the daytime can also affect your night vision. For
example, if you spend theday in bright sunshine you are wise to wear
sunglasses. Your eyes will have less trouble adjustingto night.
But if you’re driving, don’t wear sunglasses at night. They may cut down
on glare fromheadlights, but they also makea lot of things invisible that
should remainvisible - such as parked cars,obstacles, pedestrians, or
even trains blocking railway crossings. You may want to put on your
sunglasses after you have pulled into a brightly-lighted service or
refreshment area. Eyes shielded fromthat glare may adjust morequickly
to darkness back on the road. But be sure to remove your sunglasses
before you leave the service area.
You can be temporarilyblinded by approaching lights. It can take a
second or two, or even several seconds, for your eyes to readjust to the
dark. When you are faced with severe glare(as from a driver who doesn’t
lower the high beams, or a vehicle with misaimed headlights), slow down
a little. Avoid staring directly into theapproaching lights. If there is a line
of opposing traffic, make occasional glances over the line of headlights to
make certain thatone of the vehicles isn’t starting to move into your lane.

191

Once YOU are past the bright lights, give your eyes
time to readjust before
resuming speed.

High Beams
If the vehicle approaching you has its high beams on, signal by flicking
yours to high and then back to low beam. This is the usual signalto lower
the headlight beams. If the otherdriver still doesn'tlowcr thc beams,
resist the temptation to put your high beams on. This only makcs t w o
half-blinded drivers.

When you follow another vehiclc o n ii Irt'CHiI! o r h 1 g h ; n . uw I(VH
beams. True, most vehicles now have d;wnight m i r r o r \ t h a t cn;rblc rhc
driver to reduce glare. But outside mirrbrs arc' not o f thi< typc i \ d high
beams from behind canbother the driver ahcad.

A Few More Night DrivingSuggestions
Keep your windshield and allthe glass on your vehicle clean-- inside and
out. Glare at
night is made much worseby dirt on theglass. Even the
inside of the glass can buildup a film caused by dust. Tobacco smoke also
makes inside glass surfacesvery filmy and can be a vision hazardif it's left
there.
Dirty glass makes lights dazzle
and flash more than clean glass would,
making the pupils of your eyescontract repeatedly. You might even want
to keep a cloth and some glass cleaner in your vehicleif you need to clean
your glass frequently.
Remember that your headlights lightup farless of a roadway when you
are in a turn or curve.
Keep your eyes moving;that way, it's easier to pick out dimly lighted
objects.
Just as your headlightsshould be checked regularly for proper aim, so
should your eyes be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer
from night
blindness -- the inability to see in dim light-- and aren't even awareof it,

192

D m N G IN THE RAIN

Rain and wet roads can meandriving trouble. On aw et roadyaI U can’t
stop, accelerate or turn well
as because your tire-to-road tractionisn’t as
good as on dry roads. And, if your tires don’t have much tread left, you’ll
get even less traction.
It’s always wiseto go slower and be cautiousif rain starts to fall whileyou
are driving. The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are
tuned for driving on dry pavement.

The heavier the rain, the harder it is to see. Even if your windshield wiper
blades are in good shape, a heavy rain can make it harder tosee road
signs and traffic signals, pavement markings, the edgeof the road, and
even people walking. Road spray can often beworse for vision than rain,
especially if it comes froma dirty road.
So it is wise to keepyour wiping equipment in good shape and keepyour
windshield washer tank filled. Replace your windshield wiper inserts
when they show signs of streaking ormissing areas on thewindshield, or
when strips of rubber startto separate from theinserts.

193

Driving too fast throl
Igh large water puddlesor even going through some
car washes can cause
problems, too. The water
may affect your brakes.
Try to avoid puddles.But if you can’t,try to slow down before you hit
them.

r

A CAUTION:
Wet brakes can cause accidents. They won’t work well in a quick
stop and may cause pulling to oneside. You could lose control of
the vehicle.
After driving through a large puddle
of water or a car wash,
apply your brake pedal lightly until your brakes
work normally.

Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water canbuild up under your tires
if the road is wet
that they can actually ride on the water. This can happen
is hydroplaning,
enough andyou’re going fast enough. When your vehicle
it has little or no contact
with the road.
You might not be awareof hydroplaning. You could drive alongfor some
time without realizing your tires aren’t
in constant contactwith the road.
You could find out the hard
way: when you have to slow, turn, move out

194

to pass -- or if you get hit by a gust of wind. You could suddenly find
yourself out of control.
if your tires haven’t much
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But it can
tread or if the pressure in one or more is low. It can happenif a lotof
water is standing on the road. If you can see reflections from trees,
telephone poles,or other vehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the water’s
surface, there could be hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning usually happensat higher speeds.There just isn’t a hard
and fast rule about hydroplaning.
The best advice isto slow down when it
is raining, andbe careful.

Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
a Turn on your headlights-- not just your
a
a

a
a

parking lights
-- to help make

you more visibleto others.
Look for hard-to-see vehicles coming from behind.
You may want to
in daytime if it’s raining hard.
use your headlights even
Besides slowing down, allow some extra following distance. And be
especially careful when
you passanother vehicle. Allow yourself more
clear room ahead, and be
prepared to have your viewrestricted by
road spray.If the road sprayis so heavy you are actually blinded,drop
back. Don’t pass until conditions improve. Going more slowly
better
is
than having an accident.
Use your defoggerif it helps.
Have good tireswith proper tread depth. (See “Tires”in the Index.)

195

DRIVING IN FOG, MISTAND HAZE

Fog can occur with
high humidity or heavy frost. Itcan be so mild that
you can see through it for several hundred feet (meters).
Or it might be
so thick that you can see only a few
feet (meters) ahead. Itmay come
suddenly to an otherwise clear road.
And it can be a major hazard.
When you drive into a fog patch, your visibilitywill be reduced quickly.
The biggest dangersare striking the vehicle aheador being struckby the
one behind. Try to "read" the fog density downthe road. If the vehicle
ahead starts to become less clearor, at night, if the taillights are harder to
see, the fogis probably thickening. Slow down
to give traffic behind you' a
chance to slow down. Everybodythen has abetter chance to avoid hitting
the vehicle ahead.
A patch of dense fogmay extend only for afew feet (meters) or for miles
in it. You can onlytreat the
(kilometers); you can't really tell while you're
situation with extreme care.
One common fog condition-- sometimes called mistor ground fog-- can
happen in weather that seems perfect, especiallyat night or in the early
morning in valley and low, marshy areas.You can be suddenly enveloped
in thick, wet hazethat may even coat your windshield.You can often spot
these fog patchesor mist layers with your headlights. But sometimes they
can be waiting foryou as you come over ahill or dip intoa shallow valley.

196

c

Start your windshield wipersand washer, to help clear accumulated road
dirt. Slow down carefully.

Tips on Driving in Fog
If you get caught in fog,turn your headlights on low beam, even in
daytime. You’ll see -- and be seen -- better. Use your fog lights if your
vehicle has them.
Don’t use your high beams.The light willbounce off the water droplets
that make up fog and reflect back at you.
Use your defogger.In high humidity, even a light
buildup of moisture on
the inside of the glass will cut down on your already limited visibility. Run
your windshield wipersand washer occasionally.Moisture can buildup
on theoutside glass, and what seems to be fog may actuallybe moisture
on the outside of your windshield.
Treat dense fog as an emergency. Try to find a place to pull off the road.
Of course you wantto respect another’s property, but you mightneed to
put something between you and moving vehicles-- space, trees, telephone
poles, a private driveway, anythingthat removes youfrom other traffic.
If visibility isnear zero andyou must stop but are unsure whether you are
away from the road, turn your lightson, start your hazard warning flasher,
and sound your horn at intervals or when youhear approaching traffic.
Pass other vehicles in fogonly if you can see far enough ahead to pass
safely. Eventhen, be prepared todelay your passif you suspect the fog is
worse up ahead.If other vehicles tryto pass you,make it easy for them.

197

CIZYDRlWNG

One of the biggest problems with city streets is the amountof traffic on
them. You’ll want to watch out forwhat the otherdrivers are doing and
pay attention totraffic signals.
Here areways to increase your safety in city driving:
a Know the best way to get to where you are going. Try not to drive
around trying to pick out a familiar street orlandmark. Get a city map
and plan your trip intoan unknown part of the city just asyou would
for a cross-country trip.
a Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities. You’ll
save time andenergy. (See the next section, “Freeway Driving.”)
0 Treat a green light as a warning signal. A traffic light is there because
the corneris busy enough to need it. When a light turns green, and
just beforeyou start tomove, check both ways for vehicles that have
not cleared the intersection or may be running the redlight.

198

Obey all posted speed limits. But remember that they are for ideal
road, weather andvisibility conditions. You may need to drive below
the posted limit in bad weather or
when visibility is especially poor.
Pull to the right (with care) and stop clear of intersections when you
see or hearemergency vehicles.

FREEWAY D M N G

Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways, expressways,
turnpikes, or superhighways) are thesafest of all roads. But they have
their own special rules.
The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keep upwith traffic and
keep to theright. Drive at thesame speedmost of the otherdrivers are
driving. Too-fast or too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treat
the left lane ona freeway as a passing lane.

Entering theFreeway
At the entrance thereis usually a ramp that leadsto the freeway. If you
have a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp,
you should begin to check traffic. Try to determine whereyou expect to
blend with the flow. If traffic is light, you may have no problem. But if it is
heavy, find a gap asyou move along the entering lane and time
your
approach. Try to merge into the gap close
at to theprevailing speed.
Switch on your turn signal, check your rearview mirrors asyou move

199

along, and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary.
Try to blend
smoothly with the traffic flow.

Driving on the Freeway
Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speedto the posted limit or to
the prevailing rateif it’s slower. Stay in the right lane unless you want to
pass. If you are on a two-lane freeway, treatthe right lane as the slow lane
and the left lane as the passing lane.
If you are on a three-lane freeway, treat the right lane as the slower-speed
through lane, the middle lane as the higher-speed through lane, and the
left lane as the passing lane.
Before changing lanes, check your rearview mirrors. Then use turn
your
signal.
Just beforeyou leavethe lane, glance quickly over your shoulder
to make
sure there isn’t another vehicle in your “blind” spot.
If you are moving froman outsideto a center lane on a freeway having
more thantwo lanes, makesure another vehicle isn’t aboutto move into
the same spot.Look at the vehicles two lanes over and watch for telltale
signs: turn signals flashing, an increasein speed, or moving toward the
edge of the lane. Be prepared to delay your move.
Once you are moving onthe freeway, make certainyou allowa
reasonable following distance. Expectto move slightly slowerat night.

Leaving the Freeway
When you want to leave the freeway, moveto the proper lanewell in
advance. Dashing across lanes
at the last minute is dangerous.
If you miss
your exitdo not, underany circumstances, stop and back up. Drive to
on
the next exit.
At each exit point is a deceleration lane. Ideally it should be long enough
for you to enterit at freeway speed(after signaling, of course) and
then
do your braking before moving
onto the exit ramp. Unfortunately, not all
deceleration lanesare long enough-- some are too short for allthe
braking. Decide whento start braking. If you mustbrake on the through
lane, andif there is traffic close behind you,
you can allowa little extra

200

time and flash yourbrake lights (inaddition to your turn signal) as extra
warning that you are aboutto slow downand exit.
The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite sharply.
The exit speed is usuallyposted. Reduce your speed according to your
speedometer, not to your sense of motion. After driving for any distance
at higher speeds, you may tend to think you are going slowerthan you
actually are. For example,40 mph (65 km/h) might seemlike only 20 mph
(30 km/h). Obviously, this could lead to serious trouble on a ramp
designed for 20 mph (30 km/h)!

D M N G A LONG DISTANCE
Although most longtrips today are made on freeways, there arestill
many made on regular highways.
Long-distance driving on freeways and regular highways isthe same in
some ways. The trip has to be planned and the vehicle prepared, you
drive at higher-than-city speeds, and there arelonger turns behind the
wheel. You’ll enjoy yourtrip more if you and your vehicleare in good
shape. Here aresome tips for a successful longtrip.

BEFORE LEAWNG O N A LONG THP
Make sure you’re ready.Try to be well rested. If you must start when
you’re not fresh -- such as after a day’s work-- don’t planto make too
many milesthat first part of the journey. Wear comfortable clothing and
shoes you can easily drivein.
Is your vehicle readyfor a longtrip? If you keep it servicedand
maintained, it’s readyto go. If it needs service, have itdone before
starting out. Of course, you’ll find experienced and able service experts in
Cadillac dealerships all across North America. They’ll be ready and
willing to help if you need it.
Here aresome things you can check before a trip:
Windshield Washer Fluid: Is the reservoir full? Are all windows clean
inside and outside?
Wiper Blades: Are they in good shape?
0 Fuel. Enpine Oil. Other Fluids: Have you checked all levels?

201

0
0

0

Lights: Are they all working?Are the lenses clean?
Tires: Theyare vitally important to a safe, trouble-free trip. Is the
tread good enough for long-distance driving?Are the tires all inflated
to therecommended pressure?
Weather Forecasts: What’s the weather outlook along yourroute?
Should you delay yourtrip a short time to avoid a major storm
system?
Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?

ON THE ROAD
Unless you are theonly driver,it is goodto share the driving task with
others. Limit turns behind the wheel to about 100 miles (160 km) or two
hours at a sitting. Then, eitherchange drivers or stopfor some
refreshment like coffee,tea or soft drinks and some limbering up. Butdo
stop and move around. Eat lightly along the way. Heavier mealstend to
make some people sleepy.
On two-lane highways or undivided multilane highways that do not have
controlled access, you’ll wantto watch for some situations not usually
found on freeways. Examplesare: stopsigns and signals, shoppingcenters
with direct access to the highway, no passing zones and school zones,
vehicles turning left and right off the road, pedestrians, cyclists, parked
vehicles, and even animals.

I

HIGWAY HypNosIS
Is there actually sucha condition as “highway hypnosis”?Or is it just
plain falling asleep at thewheel? Call ithighway hypnosis, lack of
awareness, or whatever.
There is something about an easy stretch of road with the same scenery,
along withthe hum of the tires on the road, the drone of the engine, and
the rush of the wind againstthe vehicle that can makeyou sleepy. Don’t
let it happen to you! If it does, your vehicle can leave
the road in less than
a second. and you could crashand be injured.
What can you do about highway hypnosis?First, be aware that it can
happen.
- *

202

Then here are some
tips:
Make sureyour vehicle is well ventilated, with a comfortably cool
interior.
Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead andto the sides. Check
your rearview mirrors frequently andyour instruments from time
to
time. This can helpyou avoid a fixed stare.
Wear good sunglasses in bright light. Glare can cause drowsiness. But
don't wearsunglasses at night. They will drastically reduce your
overall vision at thevery time you need all the seeing power you have.
If you get sleepy, pull off the road intoa rest, service, or parking area
and takea nap, get someexercise, or both. For safety, treat drowsiness
on the highway as an emergency.
As in any driving situation, keep pacewith traffic and allow adequate
following distances.

HILL AND MOUNTMN ROADS

Driving on steep hills or mountains is different fromdriving in flat or
rolling terrain.

203

If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you’re planning to visit there,
here are sometips that can makeyour trips safer and more
enjoyable.
Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluid levels and also the
brakes, tires, cooling system and transaxle. These partscan work hard
on mountain roads.
Know how to go down hills. The most important thing to know is this:
let your engine do someof the slowing down. Don’t make your brakes
do it all. Shift to a lower gear when you go down a stcep o r long hill.
That way, you will slow down without excessive w e o f ! w r hrilkcs.
I

A

CAUTION:

If you don’t shift down, your brakes could get so hot that tht?
wouldn’t work well.You would then have p r braking or men
none going down a hill. You could crash. Shin down to let your
engine assist your brakes on a steep downhill slope.

A CAUTION
Coasting downhillin “N” (Neutral) or with the ignition
off is
dangerous. Your brakes will haveto do all thework of slowing
down. They could get
so hot that they wouldn’twork well. You
could crash.Always have your engine running and your vehicle
in gear when you go downhill.

Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down to a lower gear.
The lower gears helpcool your engine andtransaxle, and you can
climb the hill better.
Stay in your own lane when driving on two-lane roads inhills or
mountains. Don’t swing wideor cutacross the centerof the road.
Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane. That way, you won’t
be surprised by a vehicle coming toward you in the same lane.

204

0

It takes longer to pass another vehicle when you're going uphill. You'll
want to leave extra room to pass. If a vehicle is passing youand
doesn't have enough room, slow downto make iteasier for the other
vehicle to get by.
As you go over the top of a hill, be alert. There could be something in
your lane, like a stalled car or an accident.
You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of special
problems. Examplesare long grades, passing or no-passing zones, a
falling rocks area, orwinding roads. Be alert to these and take
appropriate action.
Winter driving can present special problems. See "Winter Driving" in
the Index.

Parking on Hills

205

Another partof this manual tells how to use your parking brake (see
"Parking Brake" in the Index). But on a mountain or steephill, you can
do one more thing. You can turn your front wheels to keep your vehicle
from rolling downhill or outinto traffic.
Here's how:

Parking Downhill
Turn your wheels to
the right.
You don't have to jam
your tires against the
curb, if there is a curb.
A gentle contactis all
you need.

Parking Uphill
If there is a curb, turn
your wheels to the left
if the curbis at the
right side of your
vehicle.

206

- 4

a-

F

If you’re going uphill
on a one-waystreet
and you’re parking on
the left side, your
wheels should point to
the right.

P

r
I
1

P

c

..

,

.

- .

If there is no curb
when you’reparking
uphill, turn thewheels
to theright.

c

c

If there is no,curbwhen you’reparking uphill on the left side of a
one-way street, your wheelsshould be turned to theleft.

Torque Lock (Automatic Transaxle)
c

If you are parking on a hilland you don’t shift your transaxle
into “P”
(Park) properly, the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the
parking pawl inthe transaxle. You may find it difficultto pull the shift
lever out of “P” (Park). This is called“torque lock.” To prevent torque
lock, alwaysbe sure to shift into “P”(Park) properly before you leave the
driver’s seat. To find out how, see Shifting Into ’P’ (Park)” in the Index.
“

c

207

P

If “torque lock” does occur, you may need to have another vehicle pusn
yours a little uphill
to take some of the pressure fromthe transaxle, so
you can pull the shift lever
out of “P”(Park).

‘WINTERD m N G

V

Here are some tips for winter driving:
0 Have your Cadillacin good shape for winter.
Be sure your engine
coolant mix is correct.
Snow tires can helpin loose snow, but they may give you less
traction
on ice than regular tires.
If you do not expect to be driving indeep
snow, but may have to travel over ice, you may not want
to switch to
snow tires at all.
You may want to put winter emergency supplies
in your trunk.

208

U

c

Include anice scraper, a small brushor broom, a supplyof windshield
washer fluid, a rag, some winter
outer clothing, a small shovel,
a
flashlight, a red cloth, and a couple
of reflective warning triangles.And, if
you will be driving under severe conditions, include
a small bagof sand, a
piece of old carpet or a coupleof burlap bags to help provide traction.Be
sure you properly secure these items
in your vehicle.

Driving on Snow or Ice
Most of the time, those places where your tires meet the road probably
have good traction.
However, if there is snowor ice between your tiresand the road, you can
have a very slippery situation. You’ll havea lot less tractionor “grip” and
will need to be very careful.

209

----

.
....

What’s the worst time forthis? “Wet ice.” Very cold snow or ice can be
slick and hard to drive on. But wet ice can be even more trouble because
it may offer the least tractionof all. You can get “wet ice” when it’s about
freezing (32°F; O’C) and freezing rain begins to fall. Try to avoid driving
on wet ice until salt and sandcrews can get there.
Whatever the condition -- smooth ice, packed, blowing or loose snow -drive with caution. Accelerategently. Try not to break thefragile traction.
If you accelerate too fast, the
drive wheels will spin and polish the surface
under the tireseven more.
Your anti-lock brakes improve your ability to make a hard stop ona
slippery road. Even though you have the anti-lock braking system, you’ll
want to begin stopping soonerthan you wouldon dry pavement. See
“Anti-lock” inthe Index.
Allow greater following distance on any slippery road.
0 Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine until you hit a spot
that’s covered with ice. On an otherwise clear road,ice patches may
appear in shaded areas where the sun can’t reach: around clumps of
trees, behind buildings, or under bridges. Sometimes the surface of a
curve or an overpass may remain icy when the surrounding roadsare
clear. If you see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake beforeyou are on
it. Try not to brakewhile you’re actually on theice, and avoid sudden
steering maneuvers.

210

If You're Caught in a Blizzard

If you are stopped by heavy snow, youcould be in a serious situation. You
should probably stay with your vehicle unless
you knowfor sure thatyou
are near help and you can hike through the snow. Here aresome things
to do tosummon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe: Turn
on your hazard flashers. Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that
you've been stopped by the snow. Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket
around you. If you haveno blankets or extra clothing, make body
insulators from newspapers, burlap bags, rags,floor mats -- anything you
can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm.
You can run the engine to keep warm, but be careful.

A CAUTION
Snow can trap exhaust gasesunder your vehicle. This can cause
deadly CO (carbon monoxide)gas to get inside.CO could
overcome youand kill you. You can't see it orsmell it,so you
might notknow it was in your vehicle.
Clear away snowfrom
around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking
your exhaustpipe. And checkaround again from time to time to
be sure snow doesn't collect there.
CAUTION: (Continued)

211

L

CAUTION: (Continued)

Open a window just a little on the sideof the vehicle that'saway
from the wind. This will help keep
CO out.

Run yourengine only as longas you must. This saves fuel. When you
run
the engine, makeit go a little faster than just idle. That is, push the
accelerator slightly. This uses less fuelfor the heat that you get and it
keeps the battery charged. You will need a well-chargedbattery to restart
the vehicle, and possibly for signaling later onwith your headlights.Let
the heaterrun for awhile.
Then, shut the engine off and close the window almost allthe way to
preserve the heat. Start theengine again and repeat this only when you
feel really uncomfortable from the cold. But do it as little as possible.
Preserve the fuel as long as you can.To help keep warm, you can getout
of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises
every half hour or so
until help comes.

VYou're Stuck in Deep Snow
This manual explains how to get the vehicle out of deep snow without
damaging it.See "Rocking Your Vehicle" inthe Index.

212

e

TOWNG A TRAlrLER

A CAUTION:
If you don’t use the correct equipment and drive properly,you
can lose control when youpull a trailer. For example, if the
trailer is tooheavy, the brakes may not work well or even at
all. You and your passengers could
be seriously injured.Pull a
trailer only if you have followed
all thesteps in this section.

--

Load-pulling components such as the engine, transaxle, wheel assemblies,
and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight.
The engine is required to operate atrelatively higher speeds and under
greater loads, generating extra heat. What’s more, the trailer adds
considerably to wind resistance, increasing the pulling requirements.
All of that means changes in:
e Handling
Durability
Fueleconomy

If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If you do, here are some important points.
There are many different laws havingto do with trailering. Make sure
your rig will be legal, not onlywhere you live but also where you’ll be
driving. A good source for this information can be state or provincial
police.
213

u

0

Consider using a sway control.
You can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls.
Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles (800 km) your new
vehicle is driven. Your engine,axle or otherparts could be damaged.
Then, during the first 500 miles (800 km) that you tow a trailer, don’t
drive over 50 mph
(80 km/h) and don’tmake starts at full throttle.
This helps yourengine and other parts of your vehicle wear inat the
heavier loads.
When towing a trailer, close all windowsand set the Electronic
Climate Control System to “ECON”, “AUTO”,“DEFOG” or
Defroster to assure that thefan is running.
Three important considerations have to do with weight:
1. Weight of the nailer
How heavy cana trailer safely be?
It should never weighmore than 1,000 pounds (450 kg). But even
that can be too heavy.
speed,
It depends on how you plan to use your rig. For example,
altitude, road grades, outside temperature and how much your
vehicle is usedto pull a trailer are all important. And, it can also
depend on any specialequipment that you have on your vehicle.
You can ask yourdealer for our trailering information or advice, or
you can write usat Cadillac.
In Canada, write to General Motors of Canada Limited, Customer
Assistance Center, 1908 Colonel Sam Drive, Oshawa,Ontario L1H
8P7.
2. Weight of the ’hailer Tongue
When a trailer is connected to your vehicle,the trailer tongue adds
to the weight your vehicle is carrying. So, remember to subtract the
weight of the trailer tongue from your vehicle’s capacity weight.

214

-

L-

I

. .

II

-A
. .

The trailer tongue(A) should weigh 10% of the total loaded trailer
weight (B). After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and
then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they
aren’t, you may be ableto get themright simply by moving some
items around in the trailer.
3. Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires
Be sureyour vehicle’s tires are inflated to thelimit for cold tires.
You’ll find these numbers on the Certification label at the rear edge
of the driver’s door (or seeIndex under “TireLoading”). Then be
sure you don’t go over the GVW limit for your vehicle.

Hitches
It’s important tohave the correcthitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
trucks going by, and rough roads area few reasons why you’ll need the
right hitch. Here are somerules to follow:
0 Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you
install a trailer hitch?If you do, then be sure toseal the holes later
when you remove the hitch. If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon
monoxide (CO) fromyour exhaustcan get intoyour vehicle (see
Index under “CarbonMonoxide”). Dirt and watercan, too.
The bumpers onyour vehicle are not intendedfor hitches. Do not
attach rentalhitches or other bumper-type
hitches to them.

215

Safety Chains
You should alwaysattach chains between your vehicle and your trailer.
Cross the safety chains underthe tongue of the trailerso that the tongue
will not drop tothe road if it becomes separatedfrom the hitch. Follow
the manufacturer's recommendation for attaching safety chains.
Always
leave just enough slackso you can turn with your rig. And, never allow
safety chainsto drag on the ground.

L -4

c

L-

Trailer Brakes
Does your trailerhave its own brakcs'? He sure IOread and follow thc
instructions for the trailer brakesso you'll he ilblc t o ir~\ti~lI,
;rcliw an3
maintain them properly.

Driving witha Trailer
Towing a trailer requiresa certain amountof experience. Before setting
out for the open road,you'll want to get to know your rig. Acquaint
yourself withthe feelof handling and braking with
the added weightof
the trailer. Andalways keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is
now a good deal longer and
not nearly so responsive as your vehicle
is by
itself.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform, safety chains,
electrical connector, lights, tires and mirror adjustment.
If the trailer has
electric brakes,start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply
the
trailer brake controllerby hand to be surethe brakes are working. This
lets you check your electrical connectionat the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure,
and that the lights and any trailer brakes
are still working.

L-

C

216

Following Distance
Stay at least twice as farbehind the vehicle ahead asyou would when
driving your vehiclewithout a trailer. This can help you avoid situations
that require heavy braking and sudden turns.

Passing
You’ll need more passing distance up aheadwhen you’re towinga trailer.
And, because you’re a good deal longer, you’ll need to go much farther
beyond the passed vehiclebefore you canreturn to your lane.

Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel withone hand. Then, tomove the
trailer to theleft, just move that hand to theleft. To move the trailer to
the right, move yourhand to the right. Always backup slowly and, if
possible, havesomeone guide you.

Making Turns
When you’re turning with a trailer, make widerturns than normal. Do
this so your trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, or
other objects. Avoid jerkyor sudden maneuvers. Signalwell in advance.

Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehiclehas to have a different turn signal
flasher and extra wiring. The green arrows on your instrument panel will
flash wheneveryou signal a turn or lane change. Properlyhooked up, the
trailer lights will dso flash, telling other drivers you’reabout to turn,
L.h;lrrgc I;rnc\ t u ~ t ~ p .
14 IICII I W I I I ~

Ir.dcr. Itlc grccn arrows o n your instrument panel will

burned out. Thus, you
ILA!
ItllllA clrr\cr\ hchlnd > t ) u arc swing your signal when they are not.
II’\m p w t , m t 1 0 L hcc.h t x c ~ w ) ~ ~IO~be
l l sure
y the trailer bulbs are still
t l ~ 4 (l t

u

I L J I L-~L-II
~
11 I h c

twlh

thc trailer are

worhmg.

217

Driving On Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before you start down a longor
steep downgrade. If you don’tshift down,you might haveto use your
brakes so much that they wouldget hot and no longer work well.
On a long uphillgrade, shift down andreduce your speed to around 45
mph (70 km/h) or less to reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle
overheating.
If your trailer weighs more than 1,000 pounds (450 Kg) and you have an
automatic transaxle with Overdrive,you may wantto drive in “3” instead
of Overdrive

Parking onHills
You really should not park your vehicle, with trailer
a
attached, on a hill.
If something goes wrong, your rig could
start tomove. People can be
injured, and both your vehicle andthe trailer can be damaged.
But if you ever haveto park your rigon a hill, here’sbow to doit:
1. Apply your regular brakes, but don’t shift into “P” (Park) yet.
2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in place,release the regular brakes until
the chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then shift into “P”(Park) firmly and
apply your parkingbrake.
5. Release the regular brakes.

When You Are Readyto Leave Afler Parking
on a Hill
1. Apply your regularbrakes and hold the pedal down while you:
Start your engine;
Shift into a gear; and
Be sure theparking brake has released.
2. Let up on thebrake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
4. Stop andhave someone pick up and store thechocks.

218

c

Maintenance when Trailer Towing
Your vehiclewill need service more often
when you’re pullinga trailer.
See the Maintenance Schedule for more on this. Things
that are
especially importantin trailer operationare automatic transaxle fluid
(don’t overfill), engineoil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling system, and brake
adjustment. Eachof these is covered in this manual, andthe Index will
help you find them quickly.If you’re trailering, it’sa good ideato review
these sections before you
start your trip.
Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts
are tight.

219

PROBLEMS ON THE ROAD

Here you'll find what to do about some problemsthat can occuron the
road.

220

lyAZARD WARNING FLASHERS

c

Your hazard warningflashers let you warn others. They also let police
know you have aproblem. Your front and rear turn signal lights will flash
on and off.
Press the button in to
make your front and
rear turn signal lights
flash on and off.

3.

.,.,

c

221

The light on your
instrument panelwill
flash indicating that
the hazard warning
flashers are on.

Your hazard warning flashers work no matterwhat position your key is in,
and even if the key isn't in.

To turn off the
flashers, pull out on
the collar.

When thehazard warning flashers are on, your turnsignals won't work.

OTHER W N I N G DE'VICES
If you carry reflective triangles, you can set one upat the side of the road
about 300 feet (100 m) behind your vehicle.

222

P
I

JUMP STARTING

P

If your battery has run down,
you may want to use another vehicle and
some jumper cables to start your Cadillac. But please
follow the steps
below to do it safely.

L,

t
P

A CAUTION:
Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because:

r

I

They contain acid that can burn you.
They contain eas that can explodeor ignite.

I

They contain enough electricity to burn you.
If you don’t follow these steps exactly, some
or all of these things
can hurt you.

r

TO JUMP START YOUR C2DILLAC:
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery with a negative

ground system.

223

2. Get thevehicles closeenough so the jumper cables can reach,but be
sure the vehicles aren’t touchingeach other. If they are, it could cause
a ground connection you don’t want.You wouldn’t be able to start
your Cadillac,and the bad grounding could damage the electrical
systems.

A

CAUTION:

You could be injured if the vehicles roll. Set the parking brake
firmly on each vehicle. Put an automatic transaxle
in “P”
(Park).
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. lbrn off all lightsthat aren’t
needed, and radios. This will avoidsparks and help save both
batteries. And it couldsave your radio!

4. Open thehoods and locate the batteries:

A CAUTION:
An electric fan canstart up even when the engine
is not running
from
and can injure you. Keep hands, clothing and tools away
any underhood electric fan.
Find the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on each battery.

224

I
I
I
I
I
I

-.

,,.

<.d

4.9 Liter

4.6 Liter
(Northstar)

225

I

CAUTION: (Continued)

Be sure the batteries have enough water.You don’t need to add
water to the Delco Freedoms bittery installed in every newGM
vehicle. But if a battery has filler caps,be sure the right amount
of fluid is there.If it is low, add water to take care of that first. If
you don’t, explosivegas could be present.
i
~

Battery fluidcontains acid that can burn you. Don’t get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get medical help immediately.

6. Check that thejumper cables don’t have looseor missing insulation. If
they do, you could get a shock.The vehicles couldbe damaged, too.
Before you connect the cables, here are some things you should know.
Positive (+ ) will go to positive (+) and negative (-) will go to negative
(-) or a metal engine part. Don’t connect (+) to (-) or you’ll get a
short thatwould damage the battery and maybe other parts, too.

A CAUTION
Fans or other moving engineparts can iqjure you badly. Keep
your hands away from movingparts once the engines are
running.

226

4.9 Liter

4.6 Liter
(Northstar)

7. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the
vehicle with the dead battery.
8. Don't let the other end touch metal. Connect itto the positive (+ )
terminal of the good battery.
9. Now connect the black negative (-) cable to thegood battery's
negative (-) terminal.
10. Don't let the other end touch anythinguntil the next step. The other
end of the negative cable doesn'tgo to the dead battery.It goes to a

227

..
heavy unpainted metal part on the
engine of the vehicle with the dead
battery.
Attach the cable at least 18 inches (45 cm) away from the dead
battery, but not near engine parts thatmove. The electrical connection
is just asgood there, but thechance of sparks getting back to the
battery is much less.
4.9 Liter

4.6 Liter
(Northstar)

11.Now start thevehicle with the good batteryand run the engine for

awhile.

228

.

I

12.Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery.
If it won’tstart after a few tries, it probably needs
service.
13. Remove the cables in reverse order to prevent electrical shorting.
Take care that they don’t touch each other or any other metal.

M A D BATTERY

TOWNG YOUR WHICLE
Try to have aGM dealer or a professional towing service tow
your
Cadillac. The usual towing equipment is a sling-type, or a wheel-lift,or
car carrier tow truck.

229

If your vehicle hasbeen changed or modified since it was factory-newby
adding aftermarket items like fog lamps, aero skirting, or special tires and
wheels, these instructions and illustrations may not be correct.
Before you do anything, turn on thehazard warning flashers.

When you call, tell the towing service:
That your vehicle cannot be towed from the front or rear with
sling-type equipment.
That your vehicle has front-wheel drive.
The make, model, and year of your vehicle.
Whether you can still move the shift lever.
If there was an accident, whatwas damaged.
When the towing service arrives,let thetow operator know that this
manual contains detailed towing instructions and illustrations. The
operator may wantto see them.

230

L

Y

c

C I

A CAUTION:
To help avoidinjury to you or others:
Never let passengers ride in a vehiclethat is being towed.
Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds.
Never tow with damagedparts not fully secured.
Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by the
tow truck.
Always use separate safety chains on each side when towinga
vehicle.

Never use '3" hooks. Use T-hooks instead.

When your vehicle is being towed, have the ignition
key off. The steering
in a straight-ahead position,with a clamping
wheel should be clamped
device designedfor towing service.Do not use the vehicle's steering
column lockfor this. The transaxle should bein Neutral andthe parking
brake released.

23 1

Don’t have your vehicle towedon the frontwheels, unlessyou must. If
the vehicle mustbe towed on the frontwheels, don’tgo more than 55
mph (88 km/h) or fartherthan 500 miles (804 km) or your transaxlewill
be damaged. If these limits mustbe exceeded, then the frontwheels have
to be supported on a dolly.

-:

A CAUTION:
A vehicle can fall from acar carrierif it isn’t properly secured.
This can cause a collision, serious personaliqjury and vehicle
damage. The vehicle should be tightly secured chains
with or
steel cables beforeit is transported.

L.

I

Don’t use substitutes (ropes, leather straps, canvas webbing,
etc.) that can be cut by sharp edges underneath the towed
vehicle.

232

ENGINE OVEIWYEATING
You will find the warning lightabout a hot engine on your Cadillac
instrument panel (Export Only).
The driver information will display either “ENGINE COOLANT HOT
IDLE ENGINE” or “STOP ENGINE ENGINE OVERHEATING.”

I f Steam Is Coming From Your Engine:

A CAUTION
Steam from an overheated engine can burnyou badly, even if
you just open the hood. Stay away from the engine if you see or
hear steam coming from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone
away from the vehicle until it cools down. Waituntil thereis no
sign of steam or coolant before opening the hood.
If you keep driving when your engine is overheated, the liquids
in it can catchfire. You or others could be badly burned. Stop
your engine if it overheats, and get out of the vehicle until the
engine is cool.

233

IfNo Steam Is Coming From Your Engine:
If you get the overheat warning but
see or hear no steam, the problem
may not be too serious. Sometimes
the engine can get a little
too hot
when you:
Climb a long hill on a hot day.
Stop after high speed driving.
0 Idle for long periods in traffic.
0 Tow a trailer.

If you get the overheat warning withno sign or steam, try thisfor a
minute or so:
1. Turn off your air conditioner.
2. Turn on yourheater to full hotat the highest fan speed and open
the
window as necessary.
3. Try to keep your engine under load
(in a drive gear where
the engine
runs slower).
If you no longer havethe overheat warning,you can drive.Just to be safe,
‘Ifthe warning doesn’t come back
on,
drive slowerfor about ten minutes.
you can drive normally.
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park your vehicle right
away.
If there’s stillno sign of steam, you can idlethe engine fortwo or three
minutes while you’re parked,
to see if the warning stops. But then,
if you
still havethe warning, TURN OFF THE ENGINE AND GET
EVERYONE OUT OF THE VEHICLE untilit cools down.
away.
You may decide notto lift thehood but to get service help right

234

I

II
I

COOLING SYSTEM - 4.9 LITER

When you decide it's safe to lift the hood, here's what you'll see:
v Coolant recovery tank

v

1

Radiator pressure cap
Electric engine fans

A CAUTION:
An electric fan under the hood can start up when
even the
Keep hands, clothing
engine is not running and can injure you,
and tools away from any underhood electric fan,

If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling, don't do
anything else until it cools down.

235

The coolant level should be at or above “FULL COLD.” If it isn’t, you
may have a leak in the radiator hoses,heater hoses, radiator, water pump
or somewhere elsein the cooling system.
I

A CAUTION
Heater and radiatorhoses, and other engine parts, can be very
hot. Don’t touch them.If you do, youcan be burned.
Don’t run the engine if there is a leak.If you run the engine,it
could loseall coolant. That could causean engine fire,and you
could be burned. Get any
leak fixed before you drive the vehicle.

If there seems to be no leak, checkto see if the electric engine fansare
running. If the engine is overheating, both fans should be running.
If they
aren’t, your vehicle needs service.

236

L

..

How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank
If you haven’t found a problem yet,but the coolant level isn’tat orabove
“FULL COLD,”add a50/50 mixture of clean water (preferablydistilled)
and a proper antifreeze at thecoolant recovery tank. (See “Engine
Coolant” in the Index for more information about
the proper coolant
mix.)

A CAUTION
r-

r
r

I

~

~

~

Adding onlyplain water to your cooling system
can be
dangerous. Plain water, or some other liquid like alcohol,
can
boil beforethe proper coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant
warning systemis set for the proper coolant mix. With plain
water or the wrong mix, your engine could get too hotbut you
wouldn’t get the overheat warning. Your engine could catch fire
and you or others could be burned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water and a proper antifreeze.

t

r

r

237

A CAUTION:
You can be burned if youspill coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol and
it will burn if the engine
parts are hot enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.
When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank is at orabove “FULL
COLD,” start your vehicle.
If the overheat warning continues, there’s one more thing you can try.
You can add the proper coolant mix directly to the radiator, but be sure
the cooling systemis cool before you do it.

238

A CAUTION:
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can
blow
out and burnyou badly. They are under pressure, and if you
turn the radiator pressure cap even a little they can come
out at high speed. Never turn the cap when the cooling system,
including the radiatorpressure cap, is hot. Waitfor the cooling
system and radiatorpressure cap to coolif you ever have toturn
the pressure cap.

--

239

--

How to Add Coolant tothe Radiator
a

.

/ .
,

1. You can remove
the radiator
pressure cap when
the cooling
system, including
the radiator
pressure cap and
upper radiator
hose, is no longer
hot. Turn the
pressure cap
slowly to the left
until it first stops.

~

','>
_
.
I
I

(Don't press down whileturning the pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss, wait for that tostop. A hiss means there is stillsome
pressure left.
2. Then keep turning
the pressure cap,
but now push
down as you turn
it. Remove the
pressure cap.

240

I

.

-.....

. .

,.

3. Fill the radiator
with the proper
mix,up to the
base of the filler
neck.

.. Then fill the
coolant recovery
tank to “FULL
COLD.”

24 1

5. Put the cap back
on the coolant
recovery tank, but
leave the radiator
pressure capoff.

you can feel the
upper radiator
hose getting hot.
Watch out for the
engine fans.

7. By this time the coolant level inside the radiator filler neck may be
lower. If the level islower, add moreof the propermix through the
filler neck until the level reaches the base of the filler neck.

. .

242

8. Replace the
pressure cap. Be
sure the arrows on
the pressure cap
line up like this.
-

COOLING SYSTEM=4.6 LITER
(NORTHSTAR)

i

When you decideit's safe to lift the hood, here'swhat you'll see:
Coolant surge tank with pressure cap
Electric engine fans

243

I

A
CAUTION
An electric fan under the hood canstart up even whenthe
engine is not running and can injure you. Keep hands, clothing
and tools away from any underhood electric fan.

If the coolant insidethe coolant surge tank is boiling, don’t
do anything
down.
else until it cools
The coolant level
should beat or above
“FULLCOLD.”If it
isn’t, you may have a
leak in the radiator
hoses, heater hoses,
radiator, water pump
or somewhere else in
the cooling system.

A

CAUTION:

Heater and radiatorhoses, and other engine parts, can be very
hot. Don’t touch them.If you do, youcan be burned.
Don’t run the engine there
if
is a leak If you run the engine,it
could loseall coolant. That could causean engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any
leak fixed before you drivethe vehicle.

244

If there seems to be no leak, check to see if the electric engine fans are
running. If the engine is overheating, both fans should be running. If they
aren’t, your vehicleneeds service.

How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank
.
.
.
-

If you haven’t found a problem yet, but the coolant level isn’t at or above
“FULL COLD,”add a 50/50 mixture of clean water (preferably distilled)
and a proper antifreeze at the coolant recovery tank. (See “Engine
Coolant” in the Index for more information about the propercoolant
mix.)

A
c

CAUTION

Adding only plain water
to your cooling system
can De
dangerous. Plain water, or someother liquid like alcohol, can
boil beforethe proper coolant mix will.Your vehicle’s coolant
warning systemis set for the proper coolant mix. With plain
water or the wrong mix, your engine could get too but
hot you
wouldn’t getthe overheat warning.Your engine could catchfire
and you or others could be burned. Usea 50/50 mix of clean
water and a proper antifreeze.

245

A CAUTION:
You can be burned if youspill coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine
parts arehot enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.
Should alow coolant conditionexist, an overheat protection “Limp
Home” featureof the 4.6 L Northstarallows alternate firing groups of
four cylinders for a predetermined numberof cycles to prevent engine
damage, enablingyour vehicle to be driven to the nearestservice center.

A CAUTION:
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling systemcan blow
out and burn
you badly. Theyare under pressure, and if you
turn thecoolant surge tank pressure cap even a little they
can come out at high speed. Neverturn thecap when the cooling
system, including the coolant surge tank pressurecap, is hot.
Wait for thecooling systemand coolant surge tank pressure cap
to cool if youever haveto turn the pressurecap.

--

--

L-

C

.J
c

246

F

P

!

1. You can remove
the coolant surge
tank pressure cap
when the cooling
system, including
the coolant surge
tank pressure cap
and upper radiator
hose, is no longer
hot. Turn the
pressure cap slowly
to theleft until it
first stops.

P

(Don’t press down while
turning the pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss, waitfor that to stop. A hiss meansthere is still some
pressure left.

c

247
F

2. Then keep turning
the pressure cap,
but now push down
as you turn it.
Remove the
pressure cap.

3. Fill the coolant
surge tank with the
proper mix, up to
the baseof the
filler neck.

248

.

4. Put the capback on
the coolant surge
tank.

:

5. Start theengine and as theengine runs the coolant will circulate
through the cooling system. Anyair thatwas introduced while adding
coolant will purge itself and rise to the topof the surge tank. If the
“ENGINE COOLANTLOW” message does not appear on the
Driver Information Center, coolant is at the properfill level. If an
“ENGINE COOLANT LOW” message does appear, repeatsteps 1
through 4 or seeyour dealer.

I F A TIRE GOES FLAT
It’s unusual for a tire to“blow out” while you’re driving, especially
if you
maintain your tires properly. If air goes out of a tire, it’s muchmore likely
to leak out slowly. But if you should ever have a “blowout,” here area
few tips about what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to maintain lane position, then gently brake
to a stop well out of the traffic lane.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts muchlike a skid and may
require the same correction you’d use ina skid. In anyrear blowout,
remove yourfoot from the accelerator pedal. Get thevehicle under
control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go. It may be very
bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently brake to a stop, well off
the road if possible.
3

249

.If your tire goes flat, thenext section shows how to use your jacking
equipment to change a flat tire safely.

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to
a level place. Turn on your hazard warning flashers.

_-

I

u

A CAUTION:
Changing a tire can cause an injury. The vehicle can slip off the
jack andro11 over you or other people. You and they could be
badly injured. Find a level placeto change your tire. To help
prevent the vehicle from moving:

1. Put the shift lever in “P” (Park).
2. Set the parking brakefirmly.
3. lhrn off the engine.
To be even more certain thevehicle won’t move, you can put
chocks at the front andrear of the tire farthest
away from the
one being changed.That would bethe tireon the otherside of
the vehicle, at the opposite end.

250

L

.

C

The following steps will tell you how to use the jack and change a tire.
The equipment you’ll
need is in the trunk
under the spare tire
cover.
Rotate theplastic
wing nut and remove
that cover to access
the sparetire.

Then remove the wing
nut that secures the
jack and wrench and
remove them from the
trunk.

-

25 1

Attach the wheel
wrench to the jack bolt
and rotate it clockwise
(to the right).That will
raise the lift head a
little.

There is a center wheel
cover on your
aluminum wheel. Use
the flat endof the
wheel wrench, prying
along the edgeof the
cover until it comes
off. Be careful notto
scratch the aluminum
wheel edge. Don't try
to remove itwith your
bare hands.

252

Using the wheel
wrench, loosen all the
wheel nuts. Don't
remove them yet.

..

.

Position the jack
under the vehicle.
Your vehicle has a
notch on the frame
near each of the
wheels. Fit the lift
head into the notch
nearest the wheel
with the flat tire.

253

I A CAUTION:

Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injuredor killed.
Never get under a vehicle when it is supported onlyby a jack.

NOTICE:
Raising your vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned will
damage the vehicle or may allow the vehicle la I d 1 ORthe Jack.
Be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location btfntv
raising your vehicle,

Raise the vehicle by
rotating the wheel
wrench clockwise.
Raise the vehicle far
enough off the
ground so there is
enough room for the
spare tireto fit.

254

. .*

F

Remove all the wheel
nuts and takeoff the
flat tire.

pl

P

P

P

F

A
c

CAUTION:

Rust or dirt on !he w h d , o ron the parts to which it is fastened,
can mahe the uhed nuts become loose after a time. The wheel
cuuld conw o l l and c ~ u s e aaccident.
n
When you change a wheel,
remote un) rust or dirt from the places where thewheel
attaches to the vehicle. In a n emergency, you can use a cloth or a
paper towel to do this; but be sure to use
a scraper orwire
brush later, if you need to, to get all the rust dirt
or off.

255

I

Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces
or spare
wheel. Placethe spare on the wheel mounting surface.

A CAUTION
Never use oilor grease on studs or nuts. Ifyou do, the nuts
might come loose.Your wheel couldfall off, causing aserious
accident.

Replace the wheel
nuts with the
rounded endof the
nuts toward the
wheel. Tighten each
nut by hand untilthe

256

Lower the vehicleby
rotating the wheel
wrench
counterclockwise.
Lower the jack
completely.

Tighten the wheel
nuts firmly in a
criss-cross sequence
as shown.

1

A CAUTION:
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can
cause thewheel to become looseand even comeoff. This could
lead to an accident. Be sure touse the correct wheel nuts. If you
have to replace them, besure toget the right kind.
Stop somewhere as soon as you can andhave the nutstightened
with a torque wrench to 140 N m (100 ft.lbs.).

257

A CAUTION:
Storing a jack, a tire or other equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop
or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all
these in the proper place.

COMPACT SPARE TIRE
Although the compact spare was fully inflated when your vehicle was
new, it can loseair after a time. Checkthe inflation pressure regularly. It
should be 60 psi (420 kPa). The compact spare is madeto go up to 3,000
miles (5000 km), so you can finish yourtrip and have your full-sizetire
repaired or replaced whereyou want. Ofcourse, it’s bestto replace your
spare with a full-sizetire as soon as you can. Yourspare will last longer
and be in good shape in case youneed it again.
Your anti-lock brake system warning light may come
on when youare
driving with a compact
spare. See “Anti-Lock Brake System Warning
Light” inthe Index.

258

I

I!

P

Don’t use your compact spare on some other vehicle.
And don’t mix your compact spare
or wheel with other wheels
or tires.
They won’tfit. Keep your spare and its wheel together.

i

P

r
1
I

I
I

A CAUTION
Storing a jack, a tire, or oth’er equipment
in the pagsenger
compartment of the vehiclecould cause iqjury. In a sudden stop
or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store
all
these in the properplace.

The flat tireshould be placedin the spare tire
well.

259

IF YOU’RE STUCK: IN SAND,MUD, ICE OR
SNOW
What you don’t wantto do when your vehicle is stuck toisspin your
wheels. The method known as “rocking” canhelp you get out when
you’re stuck,but you must use caution.

I A CAUTION

If you let your tires spin at high speed, theycan explode and you
or others could beinjured. And, the transaxleor other partsof
the vehicle can overheat. That could cause an engine
compartment fire or otherdamage. When you’re stuck,spin the
wheels as little as possible. Don’t spin thewheels above35 mph
(55 km/h) as shown on the speedometer.

i

Y

Rocking your vehicle to get it out:
First, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will clear the area
around your front wheels. Then shift backand forth between “R”
(Reverse) and a forward gear, spinning the wheels aslittle as possible.
Release the accelerator pedal while you shift, and press lightly
on the
accelerator pedal when the transaxle is in gear. If that doesn’t get you out
after a few tries, you may need to betowed out. If you do need to be
towed out, see “Towing Your Vehicle”in the Index.

c--

..

260

SEtC‘l’lUN6

6“
E

i

SERVICE AND APPEARANCE CARE
13

P

Here you will find informationabout the care of your Cadillac. This
section begins with service and fuel information,then
andit shows how to
check importantfluid and lubricant levels.There is also technical
information about your vehicle, and a section devoted
to its appearance
care.

SERWCE

I

1““

n

r

Your Cadillac dealer knows your vehicle best and wants
you to be happy
with it. We hope you’ll goto your dealer for all your service needs.
You’ll
get genuineGM parts and GM-trained and supported service people.
We hope you’ll wantto keep your GM vehicle GM.
all Genuine GM parts
have one of these marks:

~

GM

Doing Your Own Service Work
P
I

I

r
r

If you wantto dosome of your own service work, you’ll want
to get the
proper Cadillac Service Manual.
It tells you much moreabout how to
To order the proper service
service your Cadillac than this manual can.
manual, see “Service Publications” the
in Index.
You should keep a record with parts
all receipts and listthe mileage and
the date of any service work you perform.
See “Maintenance Record” in
the Index.

P

261

f

I

A CAUTION:
You can be injured if you try to do servicework on a vehicle
without knowing enoughabout it.
Be sure you have sufficient knowledge, experience, and the
proper replacement parts andtools beforeyou attempt any
vehicle maintenance task.
Be sure touse the propernuts, bolts and other fasteners.
“English” and “metric” fasteners can be easily confused.If
you use the wrong fasteners, parts can later break
or fall off.
You could behurt.

FUEL
Use premiumunleaded gasoline rated at 91 octane or higher. It should
meet specifications ASTM D4814 in the U.S. and CGSB3.5-92 in
Canada. These fuels should havethe proper additives, so you should not
have to add anything to the fuel.
In the U.S. and Canada, it’s easyto be sureyou get the right kind of
gasoline (unleaded). You’ll see “UNLEADED”right on the pump. And
only unleaded nozzles will fitinto your vehicle’s filler neck.
Be sure theposted octane is at least 91. If the octane is less than 91, you
may get a heavy knocking noise when you drive.
(In an emergency, you
may be able to use lower octane -- as low as 87 -- if heavy knockingdoes
not occur.) If you’re using 91 or higher octane unleaded gas and you still
get heavy knocking, your
engine needs service.

262

3

What aboutgasoline with blending materials that contain oxygen, such as
MTBE or alcohol?
MTBE is “methyl tertiary-butyl ether.” Fuel that is no more than 15%
MTBE is fine for your car.
Ethanol is ethyl or grain alcohol. Properly-blended fuel that is no more
than 10% ethanol is fine for your car.
Methanol is methyl or wood alcohol.

Gasolines for CleanerAir
Your use of gasoline with detergent additives will help prevent deposits
from formingin your engine and fuelsystem. That helps keep your
engine in tune andyour emission control system working properly. It’s
good for your vehicle, and you’ll be doing your part for cleaner air.
Ivlany gasolines are now blended with materials called oxygenates.
General Motorsrecommends that you use gasolines with these blending
materials, such as MTBE and ethanol.By doing so, you can helpclean
the air,especially in those partsof the country that have high carbon
monoxide levels.
In addition, somegasoline suppliers are now producing reformulated
gasolines. These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle
emissions. General Motorsrecommends that you use reformulated
gasoline. By doing so, you can help clean the air,especially in those parts
of the country that have high ozone levels.
You should ask your service station operators if their gasolines contain
detergents and oxygenates, and if they have been reformulated to reduce
ve hide emissions.

263

FUELS IN FOREIGN COUNTMES
If you plan on driving in another country outside the U.S. or Canada,
unleaded fuel may be hard to find. Do not use leaded gasoline. If you use
even one tankful, youremission controls won't workwell or at all. With
continuous use, spark plugs can getfouled, the exhaust system can
4.
$8. corrode, and your engine oil can deteriorate quickly. Your vehicle's
oxygen sensor will be damaged. All of that means costly repairs that
wouldn't be covered by your warranty.
"

To check on fuel availability, askan auto club, or contact a major oil
company that does business in the country where you'llbe driving.
You can also writeus at the following address for advice. Just tell us
where you're going and give your VehicleIdentification Number (VIN).
General Motors of Canada Ltd.
International Export Sales
PO. Box 828
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 7N1, Canada

FILLING YOUR TANK

264

c

A CAUTION:
Gasoline vaporis highly flammable.It burns violently, andthat
can causevery bad injuries. Don’t smoke if you’renear gasoline
or refueling your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking
materials away from gasoline.
The capis behind a hinged door onthe left side of your vehicle.
The release button is
in the glove box.
I

.

$-

:*

’.

t

Or you can use the
manual door release
override in the trunk.

265

7 While refueling, hang
the cap inside the fuel
door.

I.

’ :

To take off the cap, turn it slowly to the left (ccruntcrclwkuiw).

A

CAUTION:

If you get gasolineon you and then something ignitesit, you
could be badly burned. Gasoline
can spray out onyou if you
open the fuel filler
cap too quickly. This spray can happenif
your tank is nearly full,and is more likelyin hot weather. Open
the fuel filler cap
slowly and wait for any “hiss” noise to stop.
Then unscrew the cap
all the way.

When youput the cap back on, turn it to theright untilyou hear a
clicking noise.

266

CHECKING THINGS UNDER THE HOOD
HOOD RELEASE

To open the hood, first pull the lever inside thevehicle located at the
lower left side of the instrument panel.

267

A CAUTION:
An electric fan under thehood can start up and injureyou even
when the engine is not running. Keep hands, clothing and tools
away from any underhood electric fan.

A CAUTION:

Y

Before closingthe hood, besure allfiller caps are on properly.
Then just pull the hood down and close it firmly.

Fluid Usage Label

4.6 Liter (Northstar)

Use the fluid usage label to identify the correct fluid you want to check.

268

-.

ENGINE OIL
It’s a good idea to check your engine oil every time
you get fuel. Inorder
to get an accurate reading,
the oil must be warm andthe vehicle must be
on level ground.
4.9 Liter

4.6 Liter (Northstar)

. .

Turn off the engine and givethe oil a few minutes to drain back into the
oil pan.If you don’t, the oil dipstick might not show the actual level.

269

4.6 Liter (Northstar)

To Check EngineOil: Pull out thedipstick and clean it with a papertowel
or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again, keeping the tip
lower.

270

P

4.9 Liter

P

c

c

4.6 Liter (Northstar)
c

c

P

c

P

When to Add Oil: If the oil is at or below theADD line, then you’llneed
to add someoil. But you must use the right kind. This section explains
what kind of oil to use. For crankcase capacity,see “Capacities and
Specifications”in the Index.

271

1

4.9 Liter

4.6 Liter (Northstar)

To remove, turn the oil fill cap counterclockwise.

272

I

lr;

Just fill it enoughto put the level somewherein the proper operating
range. Pushthe dipstick allthe way backin when you’re through.

f

c
f

r
r
t

!
i

P

What Kind of Oil to Use:
Look for three things:

SG
“SG” must be on the oil container,either by itself or combined with

other quality designations, such
as “SG/CC,,”“SG/CD,”g g s ~ s ~ , ~ c , 9 ’
etc. Theseletters show American PetroleumInstitute (MI) levels of
quality.

i

r“
i

i

i

273

i
.?.:' . ;..,:,. :. . . . . .,.. >..

'

1$&,
x,x-:.
.

.

,

m
~~:~

FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING, SELECT THE LOWEST
SAE VISCOSITY GRADE OIL FORTHE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE.

HOT
WEAntER

S A E 1OW-30
As shown in the viscosity chart, S A E 1OW-30 isbest for your vehicle.
However, you can use S A E 5W-30 if it's going to be colder than60°F
(16 C ) before your next oil change. When it's very cold, below 0 * F
(-18OC), you should use S A E 5W-30.
These numberson an oil container show its viscosity, or thickness. Do not
use other viscosity oilssuch as S A E 1OW-40 or S A E 2OW-50.
0 Energy Conserving I1
Oils with these words on the containerwill help you save fuel.

274

ci

This doughnut-shaped logo (symbol) is usedon most oil containers to
help you select the correct oil.
You should look for this on theoil container, and use only those oils that
display the logo.
GM Goodwrench@oil (in Canada, GM Engine Oil) meets all the
requirements for your vehicle.
Engine Oil Additives:Don’t add anything to your oil. YourCadillac
dealer is ready to advise if you think something should be added.
When to Change Engine Oil:Your vehicle isequipped with an engine oil
life index (EOLI) feature as
part of the Driver Information Center
display (DIC). Oil change intervals are determined by the EOLIand will
usually fallat, orbetween, the two recommended alternative intervals of
3,000 miles (5,000 kilometers) and 7,500 miles (12,500 kilometers), but
could be shorter than3,000 miles (5,000 kilometers) under some very
severe driving conditions shown in Schedule I. The system will also
indicate the need for an oil change if 7,500 miles (12,500 kilometers) or
one year has passed.
Engine oil life remainingis displayed through engine data as the ‘OIL
LIFE INDEX’ and as a ‘CHANGE ENGINE OIL message. The ‘OIL
LIFE INDEX’ display includesa number between 0 and 100. This is the
percentage of oil lifeREMAINING based on driving conditions and
mileage driven sincethe last time of the oil lifeindicator was reset. When
the remaining oil life is lessthan lo%, a ‘CHANGE OIL SOON’ message
will appear. This is a reminder to schedule an engine oil change. When
the oil life indexreaches 0, the ‘CHANGE ENGINE OIL: message will
appear. This indicates that nooil life remains and the oil should be
changed as soon as possible,but certainly withinthe next 200 miles (320
km).
The EOLIwill not detect excessively dustyconditions or engine
malfunctions which may effectthe oil. If you drive in dustyareas, change
the engine oil after every 3,000 miles (5,000 kilometers) or 3 months
(whichever comesfirst), unless instructed to do so sooner by the DIC.
On Northstar 4.6 Liter engine equipped vehicles a ‘CHECK OIL LEVEE
message will appear whenever the oil level’s approximatelyone quart low.

275

How To Reset the Oil Life Indicator:After the oil has been changed,
display the ‘OIL LIFE INDEX’ messageby pressing the
‘INFORMATION’ button. Then press and hold
the ‘STORE/RECALL
button untilthe display shows‘100’.This will reset the oil life index.The
message will remainOFF until the next oil change is needed.
The
percentage of oil life remaining
may be check at any itemby pressing the
INFORMATION button several times until
the ‘OIL LIFE INDEX
message appears.
Engine Block Heater:An engine blockheater can bea big help if you
have to park outsidein very cold weather,
-20”F (-29 “C)or colder. If
your vehiclehas this option, see “Engine
Block Heater” in the Index.
What to Do with Used Oil:

A CAUTION
Used engine oil contains things that have caused
skin cancer in
laboratory animals. Don’t let used
oil stay on your skin for very
long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,
or a good
hand cleaner. Wash or properlv throw
away clothing or rags
containing used engineoil.

Used oil canbe a realthreat to the environment. If you change yourown
oil, besure to drain all free-flowing oil from
the filter before disposal.
Don’t ever disposeof oil by pouring it onthe ground, into sewers, or into
streams or bodies of water. Instead,recycle itby taking itto a placethat
If you have a problem properly disposing
of your used
collects used oil.
oil, ask your dealer, a service station
or a local recyclingcenter for help.

276

3

I

AIR CLEANER
4.9 Liter

4.6 Liter (Northstar)

To gain accessto the air cleanerelement, loosen the four screws and
lift
the top half of the air cleaner assembly.
Refer to the Maintenance Scheduleto determine whento replace the air
filter.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” inthe Index.

277

A CAUTION
Operating the engine with theair cleaner off can causeyou or
it
others to be burned. Theair cleaner not only cleans the air,
stops flame if the engine backfires.If it isn’t there, and the
engine backfires,you could be burned. Don’t drivewith it off,
and be careful working on the engine with theair cleaner off.

J

NOTICE:
If the air cleaner is off, a backflre can cause a damaging tngine
dirt can easily get into your engine, which will drmagc
it, Always have the air cleaner i o place when you’rt ddvlng.

fire, And,

AUTOMTIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
When to Check and Change:
A good time to check your automatic transaxle fluid islevel
whenthe
engine oilis changed. Referto the Maintenance Scheduleto determine
when to change yourfluid. See “Scheduled Maintenance Services”
in the
Index.
How to Check
Because this operation can
be a little difficult,you may choose to have
this done at a Cadillac dealership Service
Department.
If you do it yourself,be sure to follow all the instructions here, or
you
could get a false reading on the dipstick.

278

1“

P

Wait at least 30 minutes &ore checking the transaxle fluid level
if you
have been driving:
When outside temperatures are above 90’F (32’ C).
At high speed for quite a while.
In heavy traffic -- especially in hot weather.
While pulling a trailer.
To get the right reading,the fluid should beat normal operating
temperature, which is 180°F to 200°F (82OC to 93’C).
Get the vehicle warmed upby driving about 15 miles (24km)when
outside temperatures are above 5O0F (looC). If it’s colder than 5OoF
(lO°C), you may have to drive longer.
To check the fluid level:
0 Park your vehicle
on a level place.
0 Place the shift lever “PYy
in (Park) with the parking brake applied.
0 With yourfoot on the brake pedal,
move the shift lever through each
gear range, pausingfor about three.seconds in each range, Then,
position the shift lever in “P” (Park).
0 L-ct Ihc cngirlr ruI1 ;II idlc for t h r w t o five minutes.

F

P

279

Then. without shuttingoff the engine.follow these steps:
4.9 Liter

4.6 Liter (Northstar)
Tbrn cap
counterclockwise to

unlock cap.

1. Pull out the dipstick and wipeit with a clean ragor paper towel.
2. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds and then pull
it back out
again.

280

4.9 Liter

. ..

4.6 Liter (Northstar)
~.
f$<&<
...,._ :
_,I

.

3. Check both sidesof the dipstick, and readthe lower level. The fluid
level must be in
the cross-hatched area.
4. If the fluid level is where it should be, push
the dipstick back in all
the
way.
How to Add Fluid:
Refer to theMaintenance Scheduleto determine what kindof transaxle
in Index.
fluid to use. See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” the
If the fluid level is low, add
only enough of the proper fluid to bring the
level into the cross-hatched area on the dipstick. It doesn’t take much
fluid, generallyless than a pint. Don’t overfill.
We recommend you use
only fluid labeledDEXRON@-IIE,because fluids with
that label are
made especiallyfor your automatic transaxle. Damage caused
by fluid
by your new vehicle warranty.
other than DEXRON@-IIEis not covered
After adding fluid, recheckthe fluid level as described under “How to
Check.”
281

When the correct fluidlevel is obtained, push the dipstick backin all
the way.
How To Reset Transaxle Fluid Change Indicator:
4.6L (Northstar)
Your vehicle is equipped with
a transaxle fluid change indicator.
A
“CHANGE TRANS FLUID” message will display on the Information
Center when the power train computer determinesthat the transaxle
fluid needsto be changed orat each 100,000 miles(160,000 km) interval,
whichever occurs first. When this message appears, change the transaxle
fluid and resetthe transaxle fluid life indicator
as follows:
Turn the key “ON” with the engine stopped.
Press and hold the“OFF”and “REAR DEFOG” buttons on the
until the “TRANS FLUID RESET”
climate control simultaneously
message appearsin the Information Center (between5 and 20
seconds).

Y

c
.

ENGINE COOLANT
The following explains your cooling system and how
to add coolant when
it is low. If you havea problem with engine overheating, see “Engine
Overheating” in the Index.
The proper coo’ It for your Cadillac will:
Give freezing protectiondown to -34°F (-37’C) .
Give boiling protection upto 262 ” F (128” C).
Protect against rust and corrosion.
Help keep the proper engine temperature.
Let the warning lightswork as they should.
What to Use:
Use a mixture of one-half clean water (preferably distilled) and one-half
antifreeze that meets “GM Specification 1825-M,”which won’t damage
aluminum parts.You can also usea recycled coolant conformingto GM
Specification 1825-M with a complete coolantflush and refill. UseGM
Engine Coolant Supplement (sealer) with any complete coolant change.
If you use these,you don’t need to add anything else.

282

r
i

r

P

A CAUTION
Adding only plain
water to your coolingsystem can be
dangerous. Plain water, or some other liquid like alcohol,
can
boil beforethe proper coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant
warning systemis set for the proper coolant mix. With plain
water or the wrong mix, your engine could get too but
hotyou
wouldn’t getthe overheat warning.Your engine could catch
fire
and you or others could be burned.Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water and a proper antifreeze.

P

Adding Coolant

I4.6 Liter (Northstar)

r

TO Check Coolant
When.your engine is
cold, the coolant level
should be at “FULL
COLD”, or a little
higher.

P

I

P

283

When your engine is warm and
the “ENGINE COOLANT LOW”
message does notappear on the Driver Information Center, coolant
is at
the proper fill level.
4.9 Liter
To Check Coolant:
When yourengine is
cold, the coolant level
should beat “FULL
COLD,” or a little
higher. When your
engine is warm,the
level should beup to
“FULL HOT,” or a
little higher.

To Add Coolant 4.9L If you need more coolant, add the proper
mix at
the coolant recoverv tank.

A CAUTION
~

flrrning the radiator pressure cap when the engine and radiator
are hot can allow steamand scalding liquids toblow out and
bum you badly. Withthe coolant recoverytank, you will almost
never haveto add coolant at the radiator. Never turn the
radiator pressure cap even a little when the engine and
radiator arehot.

--

--

Add coolant mix at the recovery tank,but be careful notto spill it.

284

A CAUTION:
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine
parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol,and itwill burn if the engine
parts arehot enough.Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.
To Add Coolant 4.6L (Northstar): If you need more coolant, addthe
proper mix at thecoolant surPe tank.

A CAUTION:
I

lbrning the surge tank pressure cap when the engine and
radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow
out and burnyou badly. Neverturn the surge tank pressure cap
even a little when the engine and radiator arehot.

--

--

You can beburned if you spill coolanton hot engineparts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol,and it will burn if the engine
parts arehot enough.Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.

To Check or Add Coolant: Whenthe engine is cold, the coolant level
should beat “FULL COLD,” or a little higher. Remove the pressure cap
from the surge tank;use a flashlight as necessaryto see intothe tank. The
coolant Ievel should beat or above the seam insidethe tank.
If you need more coolant, addthe proper mix.

M U T O R OR SURGE TANK
PRESSURE CAP

When you replace your radiator
or surge tank pressure cap, anAC@cap
is recommended.

THERMOSTAT
Engine coolant temperature is controlled
by a thermostat in the engine
coolant system.The thermostat stops theflow of coolant through the
radiator until the coolant reaches a preset temperature.
AC@thermostat is recommended.
When you replace your thermostat, an

POWER STEERING FLUID
4.9 Liter

286

0

P
L

r

4.6 Liter (Northstar)

r
I

c

P

.

How To Check Power Steering Fluid:
Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick witha clean rag.Replace the cap
and completely tighten it. Then remove the cap again and look at the
fluid levelon the dipstick.
0

P

0

c

P

287

I

When the engine
compartment is
hot, the level
should be at the
“HOT”mark.
When the engine
compartment is
cool, the level
should be at the
“FULL COLD”
mark.

What to Add:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of fluid to
use. See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
.~

NOTICE:

’L-

When adding power steering fluid or making a complete fluid
change, always use the proper fluid. Failure to use the proper
fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals.

WNDSHIELD WASHER FLUID
To Add:

Open the cap labeled “WASHER FLUID ONLY.” Add washer fluid until
the bottle is full.
3

288

. .

HEADLIGHT WASHER FLUID
(EXPORT ONLY)
To Add:

Open the cap labeled
“WASHER FLUID
ONLY.” Add
windshield washer
fluid until the bottle is
full.

289

NOTICE:
e When using eoncentrated washer fluid, follow the

manufacturerinStructfons for adding water.
Don't mix water with ready to use washer fluid. Water can
cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid
tank and other parts of the washer system. Also, water
doesn't clean as well as washer fluid.
Fill your washer fluid tank only 3/4 full when it's very cold.
This allows for expansion, which could darnage the tank if it
i s completely full.
Don't use radiator antifreeze in pout wlndshicld wuadwr. I t
can damageyour paint.
r

B

W M S T E R CYZINDER

Your brake master cylinder is here. It is filledwith DOT-3 brake fluid.

290

There are only two reasons why the brakefluid level in your master
cylinder might go down. The first is that the brakefluid goes down to an
acceptable level during normal brakelining wear. When new linings are
put in, the fluid level goes back up. The otherreason is that fluid is
leaking out of the brakesystem. If it is, you should have your brake
or lateryour brakes won’t
system fixed, since a leak means that sooner
work well,or won’t work at all. So, it isn’t a goodidea to “topoff” your
brake fluid. Adding brakefluid won’t correct aleak. If you add fluid when
your linings are worn, thenyou’ll have too much fluid when you get new
brake linings. You should add (or remove) brakefluid, as necessary, only
when work is done on the brake
hydraulic system.

A CAUTION:
I f ),ou hate loo much brake fluid, it can spill on the engine. The
fluid will burn if the engine i s hot enough. You or otherscould
tw borntd. and )our whicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid
onl) whco w c C h dune on the bruke hydraulic system.

tlu~cj1,1115 10 ;I Iuw Icvel, the “CHECK BRAKE
FLU ID” ~ n c ~ L+gi l lcdisplay o n the Driver Information center and your
brake warning light will come on. See “Brake System WarningLight” in
\C hc‘n ! o u r t m k

the Index.

291

To Check Brake Fluid:4.9 Liter
Remove the cap.

The fluid level must
be to the 'CMAX
FILE line at the base
of the neck as shown.

To Check BrakeFluid: 4.6 Liter (Northstar)

292

What to Add:
When you do needbrake fluid, use only DOT-3 brake fluid -- such as
Delco Supreme 11s (GMPart No.1052535). Use new brake fluid from a
sealed container only.

REPLACING BRAKE SYSTEM PARTS
The braking system on a modern vehicle is complex.Its many parts have
to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle isto have really
good braking. Vehicleswe design and test have top-qualityGM brake
parts in them, as your Cadillacdoes when it is new. When you replace
parts of your braking system -- for example, when your brake linings wear
down and you have to have new ones put in -- be sure you get new
genuine GM replacement parts. If you don’t, yourbrakes may no longer
work properly.For example, if someone puts in brake linings that are
wrong for your vehicle, the balance between yourfront and rear brakes
can change, for the worse. The braking performance you’ve come to
expect can change in manyother ways if someone puts in the wrong
replacement brake parts.

BATTERY
Every new Cadillac has a Delco Freedoms battery. You never have to
add water to one of these. When it’s time for a new battery, we
recommend a Delco Freedoms battery. Get one thathas the catalog
number shown on the original battery’s label.

293

‘vehicleStorage
If you’re not goingto drive your vehicle for 25 days
or more, takeoff the
black, negative(-) cable fromthe battery. Thiswill help keep your battery
from running down.
I

A CAUTION:

c

Batteries have acid that can burn you and
gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurtif you aren’t careful. See“Jump Starting”
in the Index for tips on working around
a battery without
getting hurt.

Contact your dealerto learn how to prepare your vehiclefor longer
storage periods.

Battery Power Loss
If you lose battery poweror the battery is disconnected, your car’s
computer must be programmed. It takes just
over’20minutes todo it. If
you want to do it yourself, here’s how:
0 Apply the parking brake.
Make sure the front wheels are straight.
0 Turn off the Electronic Climate Control.

Start the engine in “P” (Park) and let it idle for15 minutes. Then:
Put your foot on the brake pedal, shift the transaxle to
@ and let it
idle for3 minutes or more. Do not accelerate the engine. Then:
With the car in @ (Drive), turn the Electronic Climate Controlto
“Auto” and let the engineidle for 3 minutes or more.
Turn your engine off.
Now your computer is programmed.

294

c

HAL,OGEN BULBS

A CAUTION:
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb.
You or otherscould be injured. Take
special carewhen handling and disposing of halogen bulbs.

LAMP HOUSINGS
Your Cadillac’slamp housings are designed with small ventsso moisture
will be removed when the lights are on, or afterdriving for a short time.

HEmLIGHT BULB REMOVL
The following procedure tells you how to remove the halogen headlight
bulb. Follow either theEXPORT or DOMESTIC illustration that best
describes your vehicle.
Lift the cover up to
gain access.
:

295

.

.. .*zm:?i<:Ai.

DOMESTIC - Turn the headlight housing socket counterclockwiseto

unlock socket from lamphousing.
EXPORT Remove the rubber plug cover and remove plug.

-

3

-

DOMESTIC Remove headlighthousing socket.

-

EXPORT Remove both retaining lock clips securingbulb assembly in
headlamp housing.

296

-

1

-

DOMESTIC Remove the wiring harness fromthe headlight housing
socket
EXPORT Remove the headlight bulb andsocket from the headlamp
assembly.
DOMESTIC Replace the bulb and socket and connect the wiring
harness. Reinstallthe headlight housing socket into the headlamp
assembly.
EXPORT Install new headlight bulb andsocket into headlamp
assembly.

-

-

-

-

297

TMLLIGHT BULB REPUCEMENT
Taillight bulb replacementis the same foreither STS or Seville .
1. Open the trunk to gain access to the taillight housing.

2. Remove the plastic trim retainer screws and pull back the trim
material.

3. Remove the four wing nuts.
4. Gently remove the taillight housing.

298

i

P

f

5. Press the bulb housing lever,rotate the housing counterclockwise and
c-3

remove it. Push androtate the bulb counterclockwise
to remove bulb.
Once you have replacedthe burned out bulb, just reverse the steps
to
reassemble the taillight.

WIPERBLADE REPUCEMENT
Position the windshield wipersOB the windt&ield in the “mid” wipe
position. To do this, turn the-ignition ; b yto Acc~ssoryand turn the wipers
on. Then withthe door open,turn the ignition key to off.
Start with the driver side wiper blade assembly.
c

Using a small
:.sxewdriver or your
‘finger, gently lift the
1 :releaselever up while
at thesame time
Pulling the blade

c

P

299

Do the same with the passenger side wiper blade assembly.

If you only want to replace the wiper inserts follow these steps:

I

1. Disconnect the wiper insert by bending the end
of the insert gently

using plyers. Then pull fitrom the blade housing retaining tab.
2. Now pull theinsert from the bladehousing.

300

U
P

F

P

P

P

3. Reinstall the new insertby aligning the blade housing tabs and the
edge of the insert.Make sure that the inserti s connected to all the
housing tabs.
4. Install the wiper blade assemblyto the wiper arm.

AIR CLEANER FILTERREPLACEMENT
(4.6 LITER NORTHSTAR)
Remove the crankcase
vent tube fromtop of
the air duct.

c

P

301

Loosen clamp at the
throttle body and
disconnect air duct
from the throttle body.

302

Push the two tabs and
pivot the top half to
separate the air
cleaner.

I

,

303

Once you nave
replaced the air
cleaner filter, reverse
the steps to reassemble
and install backinto
your vehicle.

LOplDING YOUR KEHICLE

m‘

\

TIRE-LOADING INFORMATION
OCCUPANTS
VEHICLE CAP. WT.
FRT. CTR. RR. TOTAL
LBS.
KG

MAX. LOADING& GVWR SAME ASVEHICLE
XXX
COLD TIRE
CAPACITY
WEIGHT
TIRE SIZE
SPEED PRESSURE
RTG
PSVKPa
FRT.
RR.
SPA.
IF TtRES ARE HOT. ADD 4PS1/28KPa SEE
OWNER’S
MANUAL
FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION

GEN GME,

Two labels on your vehicle
show how much weight it mayproperly carry.
The Tire-Loading Information label found on
the driver’s ddor tellsyou
the proper size, speed rating and recommended inflation pressures for
the tires on your vehicle.It also gives youimportant information about
the number of people that can be
in your vehicle and the total weight that
you can carry. This weightis called the Vehicle Capacity Weight and
includes the weight ofall occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed
options.

304

.I

MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP
DATEGVWRGAWR
FRT GAWR RR

THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U.S. FEDERAL MOTORVEHICLE
SAFETY,BUMPER, ANDTHEFT PREVENTIONSTANDARDSIN
EFFECT ONTHE
DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWNABOVE.

GEN GME

The other label is the Certification label, found on the
rear edge of the
driver's door.It tells you the gross weight capacityof your vehicle, called
the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating).
The GVWR includesthe
weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. Never exceed the
GVWR for your vehicle,
or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
either the front or rear axle.
And, if you do have a heavy load, you should spread itout. Don't carry
more than 176 lbs. (80 kg) in your trunk .

A CAUTION:
Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the
GVWR or the
maximum front and rearGAWRs. If youdo, parts on your
vehicle can break, or
it can change theway your vehicle handles.
These could cause you
to lose control.Also, overloading can
shorten the lifeof your vehicle.

If you put things inside your vehicle
-- like suitcases, tools, packages,
or
If you have to stop
anything else-- they willgo as fast as the vehicle goes.
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, they’ll keep going.

A CAUTION:

c1

Things you put inside your vehicle
can strike and injure people
in a sudden stop or turn,or in a crash.
0

Put things in the trunk of your vehicle,
In a trunk, put them as farforward as you can. “ky to spread
the weight evenly.
Never stack heavier things, like suitcases, inside the vehicle
so that some of them are above the tops of the seats.
When you carry something insidethe vehicle, secure it
whenever you can.
Don’t leave a seat folded down unless you need to.

TIRES
We don’t make tires. Your new vehicle comes with
high quality tires made
by a leadingtire manufacturer. These tiresare warranted by the tire
manufacturers and their warranties
are delivered with every new Cadillac.
If your sparetire is a different brand than your road tires,
you will have a
tire warranty folder from each
of these manufacturers.

c

A CAUTION
Poorly maintained and improperly usedtires are dangerous.
Overloading yourtires can cause overheatingas aresult of
too much fkiction.You could havean air-out and a serious
accident. See “LoadingYour Vehicle”in the Index.
Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded
tires. Theresulting accident could cause serious iqjury.
Check all tires frequently tomaintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure should be checked when yourtires
are cold.
Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured,
or
broken by a sudden impact, suchas when youhit a pothole.
Keep tires at the recommended pressure.
3

Worn, old tires can cause accidents.If your tread is badly
worn, or if your tires have been damaged, replace them.

-

See “Inflation Tire Pressure” in this section for inflation
pressure adjustment for higher speed driving.

In@tion

- Tire Pressure

The Tire-Loading Information label which islocated on the driver’s door
shows the correct inflation pressures for your tires, when they’re cold.
“Cold” means your vehiclehas been sitting for at least three hours or
driven no more than a mile.
If you’ll be driving at speeds higher than 100 mph (160 kmh) where it is
legal, raise the “cold” inflation pressure of each tire to 35 psi (240 kPa).
When you end this very high speed driving, reduce the “cold” inflation
pressures to those listed on the Tire-Loading Information label. Never
inflate the tires higher than themaximum “cold” inflation pressures
stated on thesidewall of the tires.

307

When to Check Check your tiresonce a monthor more.
The Seville tire pressures are:
Front - 28 psi (200 kPa)
Rear - 26 psi (179 kPa)
Seville recommendedtire size is:
XGT4 IIburing Design Blackwall (P225/6OR16)
The STS tire pressures are:
Front - 29 psi (200 kPa)
Rear - 29 psi (200 kPa)

308

STS recommended tire size is:
GA Performance Blackwall (P225/60ZR16)
Don’t forget your compact
spare tire. It should be at 60 psi (420 kPa).
How to Check Use a good quality pocket-type gage
to check tire
pressure. Simply lookingat the tires will not tellyou the pressure,
especially if you have radial tires-- which may look properly inflated even
if they’re underinflated.
If your tires have valve caps, be
sure to put them back on. They help
prevent leaksby keeping outdirt and moisture.

Tire Inspection and Rotation
To make your tires last longer, have them inspected rotated
and at the
mileages recommendedin the Maintenance Schedule. See “Scheduled
Maintenance Services”in the Index.
FRONT
Use thisrotation
pattern.

After the tires have beenrotated, adjust the front andrear inflation
pressure asshown on the Tire-Loading Information label. Make certain
that all wheel nuts are properly tightened.See “Wheel Nut Torque’’in the
Index.

309

A CAUTION:
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to whichit is fastened,
can make wheelnuts become loose after a time. The wheel could
come off and cause an accident. When you changea wheel,
attaches to
remove anyrust ordirt from places where the wheel
the vehicle. In an emergency, you can usea cloth or a paper
towel to do this; butbe sure to use ascraper or wire brush later,
if you need to, to get
all the rust or dirt off. (See “Changinga
Flat Tire” in the Index.)

When It3 Timefor New Tires
One way to tell when
it’s time fornew tires is
to check the treadwear
indicators, which will
appear when yourtires
have only 2/32 inch
(1.6 mm) or lessof
tread remaining.

You need anew tire if
0 You can see the indicators at three places around the tire.
You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire’s rubber.
The tread or sidewall is cracked, cutor snagged deep enough to show
cord or fabric.
The tire has a bump, bulgeor split.
The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that can’t be repaired
well because of the size or location of the damage.
310

L

c

Buying New Tires
To find out what kind and size of tires you need, look at theTire-Loading

-

Information label.
The tires installed on your vehicle when it wasnew had a Tire
Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec) number on each tire’s
sidewall. When you get new tires, get ones with that same TPC Spec
number. That way, your vehicle willcontinue to have tires that are
designed to give proper endurance, handling, speed rating, traction, ride
and other things during normal service on your vehicle.If your tires have
an all-season tread design, the TPC number will be followedby a “MS”
(for mud and snow).
If you ever replace your tires with those not having a TPC Spec number,
make sure they are thesame size, load range,speed rating and
construction type (bias, bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.

A CAUTION:
Mixing tires could causeyou to lose controlwhile driving.If you
mix tires of different sizesor types (radial and bias-belted
tires), the vehicle may not handle properly,and you could havea
crash. Be sure to usethe same sizeand type tires on all four
wheels.
It’s all right to drive with your compact
spare, though. It was
developed for use
on your vehicle.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the system developedby the United
States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration which
grades tires
by treadwear, traction and temperature performance. (This applies only
to vehicles soldin the United States.)

311

Deadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based onthe wear rate of
the tirewhen tested under controlled conditionson a specified
government test course. For example,a tire graded 150 would wear one
and a half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course asa tire graded
100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual
conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly fromthe
norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences
in road characteristics and climate.

-

Traction A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest are: A, B, and C. They
represent the tire’s abilityto stop on wet pavement as measured
under
controlled conditions on specified governmenttest surfaces of asphalt
and concrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking
(straight-ahead) traction tests and does not includecornering (turning)
traction.

-

Temperature A, B, C
The temperaturegrades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the
tire’s resistanceto thegeneration of heat and its abilityto dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can causethe material of the tire
to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can leadto
sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passengercar tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levelsof
performance on thelaboratory test wheel than the minimum required by
law.
Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated andnot overloaded. Excessivespeed, underinflation,
or excessive loading,either separately or in combination, cancause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
Those grades are molded on the sidewalls of passenger car tires.

.
H

c

312
-

While the tires available asstandard or optional equipmenton General
Motors vehiclesmay vary withrespect to these grades, all such tires meet
General Motors performancestandards and have been approvedfor use
on General Motors vehicles. All passenger type
(P Metric) tires must
in addition to these grades.
conform to Federal safety requirements

Wheel Alignmentand Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully
at the
factory to give youthe longesttire life and best overall performance.
In most cases,you will not needto have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusualtire wear or your vehicle pulling
one way
or the other, the alignment may need to be reset.If you notice your
vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels
may need
to be rebalanced.

m e e l Replacement
Replace any wheelthat is bent, crackedor badly rusted. If wheel nuts
and wheel nuts shouldbe
keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts,
replaced. If the wheel leaks airout, replace it (except somealuminum
wheels, which can sometimes be repaired). See your Cadillac
dealer if any
of these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kindof wheel you need.
Each new wheel should have
the same load carrying capacity, diameter,
width, offset, and be mounted
the same way as the one it replaces.
If you need to replaceany of your wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nuts, replace
them only with new GM original equipment parts. This way, you will be sure
to have the right wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for your Cadillac model.

A CAUTION
Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nuts
on your vehicle can be dangerous. It could affect braking
the
and handlingof your vehicle, make your tires lose
air and make
you lose control.You could have a collision in which
you or
others couldbe injured. Always use the correct wheel, wheel
bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

313

~

~

~~~~

Used Replacement Wheels

A
Putting a used wheel on your vehicle
is dangerous. You can’t
know how it’s been used or how many miles it’s been driven.
It
could fail suddenly and cause an accident.
If you have to replace
~ original equipment wheel.
a wheeluse a g e GM

Tire Chains

’ NOTICE:

314

~

I

A CAUTION:

Cleaning products can be hazardous. Some are toxic. Others
can burst into flame if you strike a match or get them on a hot
part of the vehicle. Someare dangerous if youbreathe their
anything in a container
fbmes ina closed space. When you use
to clean your Cadillac, be
sure to follow the instructions. And
always openyour doorsor windows when you’recleaning the
inside.

Never

use
these
Gasoline

L

to

clean vehicle:
your
Paint Thinner

Benzene

lbrpentine

Naphtha

Lacquer Thinner

Carbon
Tetrachloride

Nail
PolishRemover

Acetone
They can all be hazardous some morethan others
can all damage your vehicle,
too.

--

315

-- and they

CLEANING THE INSIDE OF YOUR
CADILLAC
Use a vacuum cleaner often to gct rid o f dwt i1rlll I ~ H I dWi r t . \! ~ p ct int I
with a clean, damp cloth.
Your Cadillac dealer has two GM cleaners -- a solvent-type spot lifter and
a foam-type powderedcleaner. They will clean normalspots and stains
very well.
Here aresome cleaning tips:
Always read the instructions on the cleaner label.
Clean up stains as soon as you can -- before they set.
Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change to a clean area often. A soft
brush may be usedif stains are stubborn.
0 Use solvent-type cleaners in a well-ventilated area only. If you use
them, don't saturate thestained area.
0 If a ring forms after spot cleaning, cleanthe entire areaimmediately
or it will set.

316

Y

c

-

USING F0AM;TYPE CLEANER ON F D M C
0

Vacuum and brush the area toremove any loosedirt.

0

0

Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Masksurrounding trim
along stitch or welt lines.
Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following the directions on the
container label.
Use suds only and apply witha clean sponge.
Don't saturate thematerial.
Don't rub it roughly.
As soon as you'vecleaned the section, use a sponge to remove the
suds.
Rinse the section with a clean, wet sponge.
Wipe off what'sleft with a slightly damp papertowel or cloth.
Then dry it immediatelywith an air hose, a hair dryer or a heat lamp.

0

Wipe with a clean cloth.

0

0
0
0
0

0
0

__

USING SOLVENT-TYPE CLEANER ON

~ C I I ~ I )u'r.ipc'
CW\\
WII !rem rhc t r i m material with a clean, dull
h t c o r 3cr;lpcr. l h c wry little cleaner, light pressure and clean cloths
(prclcrably checsccloth). Cleaning should start at the outside of the

317

0

stain, “feathering” toward the center. Keep changing
to a clean
section of the cloth.
When you clean a stain from fabric, immediately dry thearea with an
air hose, hair dryer,
or heat lampto help prevent a cleaning ring. (See
the previous NOTICE.)

-

SPECIAL CLEANING PROBLEMS
Greasy or Oily Stains: Like grease, oil,butter, margarine, shoe polish,
coffee with cream, chewing gum, cosmetic creams, vegetable oils,
wax
crayon, tar and asphalt.
Carefully scrapeoff excess stain.
Then follow the solvent-type instructions above.
0 Shoe polish,wax crayon, tar and asphaltwill stain if left on a vehicle
as soon as possible. Be careful,
seat fabric. They should be removed
because the cleaner will dissolve them and may cause them
to bleed.
Non-Greasy Stains:Like catsup, coffee (black), egg, fruit, fruit juice,
milk, soft drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood.

Carefully scrapeoff excess stain, then sponge the soiledarea with cool
water.
If a stain remains, followthe foam-type instructions above.
If an odor lingers after cleaning vomitor urine, treat the area with a
waterbaking soda solution:1 teaspoon (5 ml) of baking sodato 1 cup
(250 ml) of lukewarm water.
Finally, if needed, cleanlightly with solvent-type cleaner.
Combination Stains:Like candy, ice cream, mayonnaise, chili sauce and
unknown stains.
Carefully scrapeoff excess stain, then clean with cool water and allow
to dry.
If a stain remains, cleanit with solvent-type cleaner.
0

318

Y

3

CLENVING WNIZ OR LEATHER
Just use warm water anda clean cloth.
Rub with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt. You may have to doit
more than once.
Things like tar, asphalt and shoepolish will stain if you don’t get them
off quickly. Use a clean cloth and
solvent-type vinyl/leather cleaner.

CLEANING THE TOP OF THE
INSTRUMENT P m E L
Use only mild soap and water
to clean the top surfacesof the instrument
panel. Sprays containing silicones or waxes maycause annoying
reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the
windshield under certain conditions.

Care of Wood Panels
Use a cleancloth moistened in warm soapy water (use mild dish
washing soap). Dry the wood immediately with a clean cloth.
Wood surfaces can bepolished using ordinary household furniture
polishes. Apply the polish to a clean cloth,then rub thecloth on the
wood panel.

CARE OF SAFETYBELTS
Keep belts clean and dry.

A CAUTION:
Do not bleachor dye safetybelts. If you do,it may severely
weaken them. In a crash they might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and
lukewarm water.

319

GLASS
Glass should be cleaned often.
GM Glass Cleaner (GM Part
No.
1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner
will remove normal tobacco
smoke and dust films.
Don’t use abrasive cleanerson glass, because they may cause scratches.
Avoid placing decalson the inside rear window, since they may have to be
scraped off later. If abrasive cleanersare used on the insideof the rear
window, an electric defogger elementmay be damaged. Any temporary
license should not be attached across the defogger grid.

CLEANING THE OUTSIDE OF THE
WINDSHIELDAND WIPER BLADES
If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer,
or if the
wiper bladechatters when running,wax or other material may be on the
blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield withGM Windshield Cleaner,
Bon-Ami Powders (GM Part No. 1050011). The windshield is cleanif
beads do not form when you rinse it with water.
Clean the blade by wiping vigorously witha cloth soakedin full strength
windshield washer solvent. Then rinse the blade with water.
on a regular basis and replaced when
Wiper blades should be checked
worn.

320

CLEMING THE OUTSIDE OF YOUR
CXDILUC
The paint finish on your vehicle providesbeauty, depth of color, gloss
retention and durability.

Washing Your Vehicle
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish is
to keep it clean by
washing itoften with lukewarmor cold water.
Don’t wash your vehicle the
in direct rays of the sun. Don’t usestrong
soaps or chemical detergents. Use liquid hand, dish or car washing
(non-detergent) soaps. Don’tuse cleaning agents that contain acid or
abrasives. Allcleaning agents should be flushed promptlyand not allowed
to dry on thesurface, or they could stain.Dry the finish with asoft, clean
chamois or a 100%cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.
High pressure car washes maycause water to enteryour vehicle.

Finish Care
Occasional waxingor mild polishingof your Cadillac may be necessary to
remove residue from the paint finish. You can get GM approved cleaning
products from your dealer. (See “Appearance Care and Materials” in the
Index.)
Your Cadillac has a “basecoat/clearcoat” paint finish. The clearcoat gives
more depth andgloss to thecolored basecoat.

321

ALUMINUM WHEELS
Don’t use chrome polish on your
aluminum wheels. Usewax after you
clean them.Also, don’t use abrasive cleanersor cleaning brushes on them
-- you could damagethe protective coating.

WEATHERSTMPS
These are places where glassor metal meets rubber. Silicone grease
there
will make them last longer, sealbetter, and not squeak. Apply silicone
grease with a clean clothat least every six months.

SHEET METALDAlMAGE
If your vehicle is damaged and requiressheet metal repair or
replacement, make surethe body repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to the parts repairedor replaced to restore corrosion protection.

FOREIGNIMATERUL,
Calcium chlorideand other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and
tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, and
other
foreign matter can damage your vehicle’s finish
if they remain on painted
surfaces. Use cleaners thatare marked safe for painted surfaces for these
stains.

322

c

FINISH D M G E
Any stone chips, fractures or deepscratches in the finish should be
repaired right away. Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop
into a major repair expense.
Minor chipsand scratches can be repaired with touch-up materials
available from your dealer or otherservice outlets. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your dealer’s bodyand paint shop.

UNDERBODY2MAINTENANCE
Chemicals usedfor ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on
the underbody. If these are not removed, accelerated corrosion (rust) can
occur on the underbody parts such as fuel lines,frame, floor pan, and
exhaust system eventhough they havecorrosion protection.
At least every spring, flushthese materials from the underbody with plain
water. Clean any areas where mud and other debris can collect. Dirt
packed in closed areas of the frame should be loosened before being
flushed. Yourdealer or anunderbody vehicle washing systemcan do this
for you.

CHEMICAL PMNT SPOTTING
Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout.
Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on your
vehicle. This damage can take two forms: blotchy,ringlet-shaped
discolorations, and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint
surface.
Although no defect in the paint job causes this, Cadillacwill repair, at no
charge to the owner, the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout
condition within 12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km) of purchase,
whichever comes first.

323

M P E R A C E CAREIMATERL4LS ClYART
NUMBER

I

DESCRIPTION

1050017

I 32 OZ. 10.946 Ll

1052277

12 0 2 .(0.354 L)

USAGE

WASHER SOLVENT AND GAS
LINE DE-ICER

WINDSHIELD WASHING SYSTEM

POWER STEERING FLUID

POWER STEERING

SPRAY-A-SQUEAK

WEATHER STRIPS-STOPS SQUEAKS
ON METAL-TO-METAL
AND

AND GASCINE

1050172

16 0 2 .(0.473 L)

TAR AND ROAD OIL REMOVER

I

METAL-TO-RUBBER CONTACT
REMOVES OLD WAXES, POLISHES,
TAR AND ROAD OIL

1050173

16 02.(0.473 L)

CHROME
CLEANER
AND
POLISH

I

REMOVES RUST AND
CORROSION

I

10501 74

16 OZ. (0.473 L)

WHITE SIDEWALL TIRE CLEANS WHITE AND BLACK TIRES
CLEANER

1050214

32 OZ.(0.946 L)

VINYULEATHER CLEANER

1050244

16 OZ.(0.473 L)

FABRIC CLEANER

I GLASS
CLEANING
AND
SPOT

23 02. (0.660 L)

GLASS
CLEANER

I CLEANING ON VINYLS

1050429

6 LB. (2.72 KG)

MULTI-PURPOSE POWDERED
CLEANER

I CLEANS VINYL AND CLOTH ON

DOOR TRIM, SEATS, AND
CARPET-ALSO. TIRES AND MATS

+

DOOR HINGES AND LATCHES

8 OZ. (0.237 L)

1050729
1052870

16 OZ. (0.473 L)

1051398

8 OZ. (0.237 L)

I

32 02.(0.946 L)

WASH-WAX
EXTERIOR
(CONC.)
WASH

ICLOTH AND FABRIC
f WINDSHIELD
WASHER
SOLVENT

OPTIKLEEN
GM

AND ANTI~FREEZE

+
1052367

16 02.(0.473 L)

1052753

1 GAL. (3.785 L)

MAGIC MIRROR CLEANER
POLISH

I

DEXRONQ HE

I AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION

GM ENGINE OIL
SUPPLEMENT (E.O.S.)

ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT
(ETHYLENE GLYCOL BASE)

1052271

I 23 02. (0.680L)

1052358

I 12 OZ. 10.354 LI

1052535

I

12 02.(0.354 L)

1052349

I

SPOT AND STAIN REMOVALON
CLOTH AND FABRIC

1050427

1051515

I

SPOT AND STAIN REMOVALON
LEATHER OR VINYL
I

1

ON CHROMEAND STAINLESS
STEEL
. ___

I

16 OZ. (0.473 L)

GM GEAR LUBRICANT
LIMITEDSLIP ADDITIVE
DELCO-SUPREMEII BRAKE

324

EXTERIOR CLEANER AND POLISH

SEE YOUR DEALER FOR SPECIFIC
USAGE

YEAR ROUND COOLANT AND PERMANENT TYPE
ANTI-FREEZE
REAR AXLE

I REAR AXLE

I BRAKE FLUID

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

EI

EI

lG6KS52BXPU800001

1 G 6

KS 5 2 B X P U 8 0 0 0 0 1
PRODUCTION
SEQUENCE NUMBER

G = GENERAL
MOTORS
6 = CADILLAC

ASSEMBLY PLANT
U = HAMTRAMCK,MICH.

CARLINE/SERIES
KS = SEVILLE
KY = STS
VIN BODY CODE = BODY TYPE
5 = 69 SEDAN 4 DOOR

-

-

MODELYEAR
P = 1993

CHECKDIGIT

ENGINECODE
B = 4.9 LITER (200 HP)
9 = 4.6 LITER (295 HP)

- RESTRAINT
SYSTEM:
ACTIVE(MANUAL)BELTSWITH
2 -

325

DRIVER AND
PASSENGERS INFLATABLE RESTRAINT SYSTEM

This is the legal identifier for your Cadillac. It appears on a plate in the
front corner of the instrument panel, on the driver’s side.You can see it if
you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle.The VIN also
appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the
certificates of title and registration.

Engine Identification
The eighth character in yourVIN is the engine code for your GM engine.
This code will help you identify yourengine, specifications, and
replacement parts in this section.

SERWCE PARTS IDENTIFICATION LABEL
You’ll find this labelon the spare tirecover. It’svery helpful if you ever
need to order parts. On this label is:
Your VIN.
0 Its model designation.
0 A list of all production options and special equipment.
Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle.

ADD-ON ELECTRlcAL EQUIPMENT

326

Retained Accessory Power
When you stop your Cadiliac and turn thekey to Off, you can use these
accessories for 10 more minutes:
Radio
PowerWindows
Astroroof
Windshield Wipers
If you open a door, everything will go off. And, after10 minutes
everything will go off, also.
If you want power for another10 minutes, just turn thekey to Run and
then back to Off.

FUSES AlvD CIRCUIT BREAKERS
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a
combination of Mini Fuses, Circuit Breakers, andMaxi Fuses. This
greatly reduces the chanceof fires caused by electrical problems.
If you have a problem on theroad and don’t have a sparefuse, you can
“borrow” one of the samevalue. Select a feature thatyou can get along
without that is the samevalue you need -- like the radio or cigarette
lighter -- and use its fuse. Be sure touse a fuse with the same amperage
rating number on it (ie. lOA, 20A, etc.) Replace it as soon as you can.

-

There is a fuse
removal tool and some
spare mini fuses in the
glove box door, just lift
the cover up.

327

Engine Compartment Fuse Block
To gain access, lift the
cover.

.--

I----

-

Maxi Fuses/Relay Center
The maxi fuse and relays are located nextto the engine compartment fuse
block. If a maxi fuse should blow, have your
vehicle serviced by your
Cadillac dealer immediately.

328

HDLP HI

HDIP Lo
___.__

R H'C

HI

IGN 3

C O O L FAN

IJ

TRANSECS

i

I

IDENTIFICATION
FUSE CENTER

c

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BLOCK
COIL 20A

DRL 1OA (CANADA)

- 4.9L DISTRIBUTOR

- DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS
DRL 10A (CANADA)
- DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS

SIR (AIR BAG)
- LDERM)
F4MlNG SENSOR
PCM (IO 1.OA
.E (PCM)
- POWE TRAIN CONTROL MODUL
- PASSKeyS DECODER MODULE

- ROAD SENSING SUSPENSION

- 4.6L IGNtTION CONTROL MODULE
SIR
2OA
--- - -- DIAGNOSTIC ENERGYRESERVEMODULE

Y

SUSPENSION 1OA

- LNORTHSTW

PEED
SENSITIVE
RTDBAT)20A
- R AD SENSING SUSPENSION
INJ IOA
L HDLP LO 1OA (EXPORT)
--FUEL INJECTORS 1 , 4 , 6 , 7
LEFT HEADIAMP LOWBEAM
INJ 1OA
R HDLP LO 1OA (EXPORT)
- FUEL INJECTORS2,3,5,8
- RT HEADLAMP LOW BEAM
ION 1OA
L HDLPHI 1OA (EXPORT)
- A/C COMPRESSOR
LEFT HEADIAMP HIGH BEAM
- ELECTROCHROMIC MIRROR
R
HDLP
HI (EXPORT)
INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER
RIGHT
- DIAGNOSTIC ENERGY RESERVE MODULE ION 3 1OAHEADIAMP HIGHBEAM
(DERM SIR AIRBAG
HEATED WINDSHIELD
- KEYLE S E TRYMO ULE
HEATER AND A/C PROGRAMMER
- CORNERING LIGHTS
- ELECT. LEVEL CONTROL (ELC)
- CHIME MODULE
- DEFOGGER RELAY"D"
- TWILIGHT SENTINEUDRL MODULE
- CRUISE CONTROL
- BACKUP LIGHTS
- BRAKE TRANSMISSIONSHIFT INTERLOCK - POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
COOLING FAN 1OA
FUEL 20A
- COOLINGFANS
- FUEL PUMP
- POWERTRAINCONTROLMODULE4.6L)
FQWERTWN CONTROL MOWlE
- FRONT AND REAR HEATED OXYGE
PCU(&A I O A
SENSOR (4.6L)
MI&€ 7 R A I F I CONTRO( u O M K E (PCM)
TRANSIECS 1OA
AC I O I
-EXHAUSTGASRECIRCULATION(EGR)
A C CCEUYellS3uA
SOLENOID
MID W 8 1 0 1
- POWERTRAINCONTROLMODULE(PCM)
HfArtO &NISH&AO
- AUTOMATICTRANSAXLE
$TOP LP ;Ku
STOP LIGHTS
- EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
fURNiHA2 20A
SOLENOID
- HAZARD LIGHTS
- OVERSPEED ALERT MODULE (EXPOR
- TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS
- POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITC

6

-

&Pi

P

b

-

L

a

3

329

I

F

SUSPENS

I

e

LH MAXI@FUSE BLOCK
FUSE 1 (50 AMP)
- RETAINEDACCESSORYPOWER
(RADIOMIIPERS)
- STARTER
- TRUNK COMR FUSE AI 1
- ENGINE COME FUSESAl, A3, A5, A?, A9,
All,A13
FUSE 2 (60 AMP)
U.S.A./CANADA Z49lSAUDI
- TRUNK COMP FUSES C1, C3, C5, C7, C9, C11
- ROAD SENSINGSUSPENSION
FUSE 2 EXPORT EXCEPT SAUDI(Sa AMP)
- ROADSENSINGSUSPENSION
- REARFOGLIGHT(EXPORT)
- TRUNK COMF! FUSES C1, C3, C5, C7, C9,
C l l , C13
CIRCUIT BREAKER 3 (30 AMP)
- FUELDOORRELEASE
- TRUNKRELEASE
- LEFT AND RIGHT POWER SEAT
- LEFT AND RIGHT LUMBAR CONTROL
- KEYLESSENTRYMODULE
- POWERDOORLOCKS
- HORNS
FUSE 4 (30AMP)
- POWERTRAINCONTROLMODULE(PCM)
- ELECTRONICCLIMATECONTROL
- RAPtIUUMINATEDENTRYMODULE
- INSTRUMENTPANELCLUSTER
- PASSWB DECODERMODULE
- THEFTDETERRENT

FUSE 5 (60AMP)
- LEFT AND RIGHT HEATED SEATS
- ELECTRONIC LEVEL CONTROL (ELC)
- TRUNK LID PULL DOWN
- POWERANTENNA
- REAR DEFOGGER
- LEFT AND RIGHT MIRROR DEFOGGERS
FUSE 6 (60 AMP)
- RETAINEDACCESSORYPOWER
(SUNROOFtPOWER WINDOWS)
- ENGINE C O W FUSES C7, Dl, 03, D5
- TRUNK C O W FUSESAl, A3, A 5 , A7

RH MAXI@FUSE BLOCK
FUSE 1 (40 AMP)
- TURN/HAZSTOPLP
PARKLIGHTS
FUSE 2 (30 AMP)
- DELCO-BOSE@SPEAKERS
- RADIOCONTROLHEAD
- REMOTERADIORECEIVER
CIRCUIT BREAKER 3 (30AMP)
- FLASH TOPASSFEATURE
- DAYTIMERUNNINGLIGHT (DRL)
- HEADLIGHTS
FUSE 4(40 AMP) HAVAC BLOWER
- HVACPOWERMODULE
- A/CCOMPRESSOR
FUSE 5 (SO AMP) ABS
- ANTILOCKBRAKEPRESSUREVALVE
FUSE 6 (50 AMP) COOLING FANS
- COOLINGFANS

330

-

Rear Compartment Fuse Block
Pull the cover off to
gain access.

'1

L

331

LP

PRK

L

LP R PRK

HTD

L

SEAT
R HTD

S

TRUNK COMPARTMENT FUSE BLOCK
CRANK 1OA
RAPIILLUMINATED ENTRY MODULE
DIAGNOSTIC ENERGY RESERVE MODULE

-

-

-

L?.FTLR

-

IGN 3 IOA-.
- CATALYTIC CONVERTER ALARM MODULE

PPORT)
UEL
LEVEL
SENSOR
- ELECTROCHROMICMIRROR
THEFT DETERRENT MODULE
- KEYLESSENTRYMODULE

-

TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS

- RAP/ILLUMINATEDENTRYMODULE

HDLP WASH 3OA EXPOR
HEADLIGHTWk
SHEA 3 ODULE
IPCIGN 1OA
- ILsdUMENT PANELCLUSTER

.

CNSL SW 1OA
REAR BLOWERMOTOR
CONSOLESWITCH
ABS 10A
ELECTRONIC BRAKE CONTROL MODULE 4.9L)
- EECmONlC BRAKE AND m c m N CON(tROL
MODULE (NORTHSTAR)
WIPER 30A
- WIPERWASHERSWITCH
RADIGN) 1OA
- RLMOTERADIORECEIVER
R DEFOG 30A
REAR DEFOGGER
HtD MIRR 1OA
- RIGHT AND LEFT POWER MIRROR-DEFOGGER
IPCBATT) 1OA
I h M E N T PANELCLUSTER
THEFT 1OA
- PASS-ky@ DECODERMODULE
- THEFT DETERRENT RELAY
- THEFT DETERRENT MODULE
HVACIDABIE 1OA
- HEATER AND N C PROGRAMMER
RAPALLUMINATEDENTRYMODULE
REAR FOG 1OA (EXPORT)
REAR FOG LIGHTS
FOG LP 10A 4.6L)
- FOG L I G k
CNSL FAN 1OA
- REAR BLOWERMOTOR

-

-

-

-

CIGAR 2OA
REARCIGAR LIGHTERSSNILLE ONLY
FRONTCIGARLIGHTER
- CHIMEMODULE
BODY 2 1OA
POWER MIRROR SWITCH
- RETAINEDACCESSORYPOWER
- TRUNKLIGHT
- CONSOLESWITCH
- PANEL LIGHTS INHlBtT (EXPORT)
- COURTESYUQHTS
- KEYLESS ENTRYMODULE
BODY 1 1OA
- POWERDOORLOCKS
- DOOR LOCK CYLINDER ILLUMINATION
- GLOVE BOX LIGHT
- FOOTWELLLIGHTS
- TWILIGHT SENTINEUDRL MODULE
HEADLIGHTSWITCH
READ LP 1OA
LEFT AND RIGHT VANITY MIRRORS
- GARAGEDOOROPENER
FRONT AND REAR HEADER LIGHTS
L PRK LP 1OA
- RADIODIMMING
- HEADLIGHTSWITCH
- INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER
- LEFT TAIUSTOPflURN LIGHTS
- LEFTMARKERLIGHT
- LEFT PARKITURN LIGHT
R PRK LP 1OA
- RIGHT MARKER LIGHTS - LICENSE LIQIITS
RIGHT PARWTURN LIGHT
- ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
- RIGHTTAIUSTOP/TURNLIGHTS
RAD EA 1OA
- REM& RADIORECEIVER
- RADIOCONTROLHEAD
ANTRRUNK POA
TRUNK PULL DOWN
- POWERANTENNA
ELC 20A
- ELECTRONICLEVELCONTROL
R HTD SEAT 1OA
- PASSENGERSHEATEDSEAT
L HTD SEAT 1OA
- DRIVERSHEATEDSEAT

-

-

-

-

332

I

Headlights
The headlight wiringis protected by a circuitbreaker in the light switch.
An electrical overload will cause the lights to go on and off, or in some
cases to remain off. If this happens, have your headlight wiring checked
right away.

Windshield Wipers
The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuitbreaker and a fuse.
If the motor overheats due to heavy snow, etc.,the wiper will stop until
the motor cools. If the overload is causedby some electrical problem and
not snow, etc.,be sure to get it fixed.

rower Windows and Other Power Options
Circuit breakers in the fuse panel protect thepower windowsand other
power accessories. When the currentload is too heavy, the circuit breaker
opens and closes, protecting the circuit untilthe problem is fixedor goes
away.

BULB C I T

i

DESCRIPTION
BULB NO.
AshTray Illumination ..................................
1445
Backup Lights. .........................................
2057
Cornering Light ...................................
1156 DC7
Courtesy Reading Light .................................
168
Fog Light.. ............................................
886
Glove Compartment Light ...............................
194
Headlights Composite
9005 HB3
-Inner High Beam ................................
9006 HB4
-Outer Low Beam ................................
-Export Bulb ...........................................
H4
Illumination Entry Lock Lamp ............................
192
Instrument Panel Illumination ............................
194
Instrument Panel Telltales ................................
194
333

License Plate Light ......................................
194
Park and Tbrn Signal ................................
2357 NA
Rear Fog/Back-Up Light (Export) ......................
P21/5W
Side Marker Lights .....................................
194
StopmailPurn Signal ................................
2057 NA
Stopmailmurn Signal (Export) .........................
P21/5W
TrunkLight ...........................................
1003
Underhood Light .......................................
561
Vanity Mirror Illumination ...............................
124

N O R " , IMANTENmCE REPLACEMENT
PARTS (4.9 LITER ENGINE)
........................ AC Type AlU96C2
................................................. 5096932

Air Cleaner Element

Batte...............................................
78A-72
Fuel Filter Element ..........................
AC Type GF-581
................................................
25121468
Engine Oil Filter .............................
AC Ty e PF-45
................................................
5010324
PCV Valve ................................ AC Type CV-774C
................................................. 6487779
Spark Plugs ..................................
AC Type 41-902
................................................. 5614235
Serpentine DriveBelt ...............................
3528110
Radiator Cap ................................
AC Type RC 27
................................................. 6410427
Thermostat ........................................ 3528974
Upper Radiator Hose ................................
3521235
Lower Radiator Hose ...............................
3521237
Trans Filter ........................................
8651909
TransPanGasket ...................................
8668028

f

334

Y

.

. NO=

lMAlNTENMCE REPUCEMENT
PARTS (4.6 LITER NORTHSTAR)

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

......................... AC Type S1096C
................................................
25096932
Battery .............................................
78A-72
................................................. 1981590
Fuel Filter Element ..........................
AC Type GF-580
................................................
25121468
Engine Oil Filter .............................
AC Type PF-58
................................................
25014377

Air Cleaner Element

................................ AC Type CV-774C
................................................
06487779
Spark Plugs ..................................
AC Type 41-900
.................................................
5614236

PCV Valve

Serpentine Drive Belt ...............................
3530814
Surge Tank Cap ..............................
AC Type RC 33
.................................................
6410665
Thermostat ..................................
AC Type 131-66
.................................................
3531407
Upper Radiator Hose ...............................
3521504
LowerRadiator Hose ...............................
3521505
Trans Screen Rt . Scavenger ..........................
8679416
Trans Screen Lt . Scavenger ...........................
8680700
TransPanScrews (16) ...............................
8682650
TransPan Gasket ...................................
8681197

.

.

.

.

335
.

SPECIFICATIONS
4.6L 32 Valve (DOHC) Northstar Engine

The engine is a 4.6 liter (279 cu.in.) 90' V-8featuring Dual Overhead
Cam (DOHC), 32 valve, and sequential portfuel injection. This design
results in a powerful, refined engine which is wellsuited to even the most
demanding driving conditions.

19

n

Engine weight is minimized by the use of low mass alloymaterials. The
crankcase, cylinder heads andoil pan are madefrom cast aluminum. The
induction system housing, cam covers and oil filter adapter arecast
magnesium. The reduced engine mass enhances vehicle handling and
responsiveness.

336

1

I

The Northstar engine is designed to require less maintenance than many
other DOHC V-8 engines. Engine systems are designed to remind the
driver when service required.
is
An oil life index indicator monitors
ongoing operating conditions and reminds the driver whenan oil change
is needed. A low coolant warning message keeps track of the level of this
vital fluid.Direct acting hydraulic tappets provide maintenance free zero
lash operation of the 32 valvesfrom idle to the 6500 rpm redline. The
camshafts are driven by a two stage roller chain assembly whichis
designed to provide quiet maintenance free operation. Platinum tipped
spark plugs increase the replacement interval to 100,OO miles.
The four valve per cylinder design providesmore efficient engine
breathing which results in higher power than comparable two valve
engines. The central location of each spark plug ensures a fast and
complete burning of the fuel/air mixture. The induction system uses
smooth thermoplastic tubes to channel air into the cylinders. The
smoothness of the tubes is equivalent to the elaborateport polishing
methods used for race car engines. Careful design usingthe shape and
length of the tubes boosts horsepower by using sonicpressure waves
created by the motion of the inlet valves to increase the amountof air
entering each cylinder.
The Northstar engine is also designed to be very durable. The aluminum
block has cast-in-place iron cylinder liners for greater wear resistance.
High strength forged steel connecting rods support the freefloating
piston pinsin bronze bushings for superior high speed performance. The
fillits of the nodular iron crankshaft undergo a high pressure compression
rolling operation to improve their resistance to fatigue.
Quiet operation is enhanced by the use of special materials and designs.
The front cover of the engine is stamped from laminated steel which
damps out noise. Special cam cover gasket seals isolate valve
train
operation. The fuel injectors are placed inside the induction system
housing to eliminate the clicking noise whichis common to otherfuel
injected engines.
The Northstar engine is designed to provide yearsof efficient, reliable,
satisfying operation. We think it is also just plain fun to drive.

337

4.9 LITER ENGINE

n

3
The 4.9 Liter transverse engine is an overhead valve,90 degree V-8
design. The cylinder bore diameter and the piston stroke provide a piston
- displacement of 4.9 liters (300 cubic inches).
This engine utilizes an aluminum crankcase withseparate
a
aluminum
lifter carrier and removable castiron cylinder liners.The cylinder heads
are made of cast iron and feature integral valveseats and guides. The cast
nodular iron crankshaft issupported at five main bearingjournals by cast
iron main bearing capsand shell type steel-backed aluminum inserts.
The
center main bearing is the thrust bearing.

338

3

The cast aluminum pistons use two compression ringsand one oil control
ring. The pistons are tin plated to provide a non-scuffing surface when
the engine is new.
A steel camshaft issupported by five steel backed babbit bearings.It is
driven by the crankshaft through a chain at the front of the engine. The
drive gear is keyed to thecrankshaft and the driven sprocket is bolted to
the camshaft. Boththe crankshaft gear and camshaft sprocket have
locating marks to provide the correct valve timingand timing chain
installation. The valve lifters are roller hydraulic type andare positioned
in the aluminum lifter carrier.

4T80-E Transaxle (STS)

The 4T80-E transaxle hasbeen designed to complement the output
characteristics of the Northstar engine. The innovative design
incorporates several features which enhance its overalloperation.

339

This transaxle isthe first of a new generation of “SMART” transmissions.
The computer which controls the electronic shift solenoidsadapts to
changing environmentswhile you drive. This provides consistent high
quality shiftsunder all conditions. Communication between
the engine
and transaxle through this computer controls engine output during
activation of torque management or traction control. Smooth shifting is
ensured by design. Hydraulic accumulators control shift pressures
and all
shifts are made to free wheeling elements.
The 4T80E uses adry sump lubricationsystem with a scavenger pump.
This unique feature enables the transaxlc to maintain itdcqlriltt!
pressurized oil supply during a l l mancl~vcr\.

340

The Hydra-matic 4T60-E 4-speed overdrive, electronic transaxle consists
primarily of a five element torque converter; two planetary gear sets,
various clutches, final drive assembly, differential assembly, aand
control
valve body.
The torque converter housesa pump, turbine, pressure plate
which is
splined to the turbine, anda stator assembly, serving asa fluid coupling, it
smoothly transmits powerfrom the engine to the transaxle. It also
hydraulically provides additional
torque when required. When applied,
the pressure plate provides
a mechanical direct drive coupling
of the
engine to the transaxle.
The two planetary gearsets provide the four forward gear ratios and
reverse. Changingof the gear ratiosis fully automatic andis
accomplished through the use
of various electronic and mechanical
requirements. Four multiple disc clutches,
two roller clutches,a sprag
clutch, andthree bands providethe friction elements requiredto obtain
the various ratios with the planetary gear sets.
A hydraulic system(the control valve body), pressurizedby a vane type
pump provides the working pressure needed
to operate the friction
elements and automatic controls.

341

Front Suspension

Your fullyindependent frontsuspension is a combination strut ands p-ing
~
design. The frameis isolated from the body with six rubber mounts.
Rubber bushings are used at thelower control armpivots. The upperend
of the strut is isolated by a rubber mountwhich contains a bearing to
allow for wheel turning. The RoadSensing Suspension on the STS and
the SpeedSensing Suspension on Seville will automatically controls the
damping rate of the struts.
The lower end of the steeringknuckle pivots on a ball joint riveted to the
control arm. Theball joint is connected to the steeringknuckle with a
castellated nut and cotter pin.

342

ShortlLong Arm Suspension (SLA)
r

Your vehicle uses an independent shortfiong arm rear
suspension. All the
rear suspension components are mountedon a suspension support which
is attached to thebody at four points and
is fully isolated with bushings
and insulatorsto minimize road noise. Each rear wheel is connected to
the suspension support throughthe suspension knuckle using an upper
and lower control arm and toe
link.
The control arms andtoe link are attached to thesuspension support on
the inboard side, and
to a suspension knuckle on the outboard side. The
hub and bearingassembly ismounted to theknuckle and is a single, nonserviceable unit which eliminates the need for
wheel bearing adjustment.
The load leveling (ELC) shock absorbers are attached to the
lower
control arm,with the upper endof the shock attached to thesuspension
support. The springs are held in position between the lower control arms
and a pocketin the suspension support.
The suspension system also incorporatesa new damping system now as
Road Sensing Suspension on theSTS and Speed Sensing suspension on
343

the Seville. These systems control the damping forces
in the shock
absorbers and struts,in response to various road and driving conditions.
The systems are capable of making these damping changes extremely fast.
A computer receives inputs from vertical acceleration sensors, wheel
to
body position sensors, vehicle speed sensor,
lift and dive signals. This
computer evaluates the inputs from these sensors,
to control the damping
of each of the struts and shocks independentlyto provide varied levels
of
suspension control.
The system also has the capability of providing Speed Sensitive Steering
control. This system changes your steering effort based on your vehicle
speed.

Speed Sensitive Steering

.-

This system varies the amount of steering effort proportionate
to your
vehicle speed. Steering is easier
at a lower speed for increased
maneuverability and parking ease.
As your vehicle speed increases, the
steering effortis also increasedto provide a manual like steering feel for
maximum control and enhanced vehicle stability.

344

A

The power rack and pinion steering system has arotary spool valve which
directs hydraulic fluid comingfrom the power steering pump to oneside
or the otherside of the rack piston.The integral rack pistonis attached to
the rack. The rack piston converts hydraulic pressure to a linear force
which movesthe rack left or right. The force is then transmitted through
the inner and outer tie rods to thesteering knuckles, whichturn the
wheels
If hydraulic assistis not available, manual control is maintained. However
under these conditions more steering effort is required.

4.6 LITER NORTHSTAR ENGINE
Displacement ...............................
.4.6L (279 cu.in.)
No. of Cylinders ................ 32-valve DOHC 8 - 90 Degree V
Power (Acc.to S A E 51349) ............... 295 (bhp @ 6000 rpm
..................................... 220 (kW @ 6000rpm
Torque (ACC.to S A E 51349) ............ 290 (lbs. ft. @ 4400 rpm
....................................
393 (Ndm @ 4400 rpm
Bore ........................................
93mm (3.66 in.)
Stroke ......................................
.84mm (3.31in.)
10.3:l
Compression Ratio ...................................
Cylinder Block ...... Die Cast Aluminum withIron Cylinder Bores
Cylinder Heads ...............................
Cast Aluminum
Intake Manifold ........................
Die Cast Magnesium /
...........................
Thermoplastic Air Induction n b e s
Valve System ................... Direct Acting Hydraulic Tappets
33mm (1.29 in.)
Intake Valve .................................
29mm (1.14 in.)
Exhaust Valve ................................
Cast Aluminum
Pistons ......................................
Firing Order ..................................
1-2-7-3-4-5-6-8
LeftBank ..........................................
2-4-6-8
1-3-5-7
RightBank .........................................
Camshaft ................... Induction Hardened Cast Grey Iron
Drive Type . . . . . . . . Single Row / Staged Drive 8 mm Roller Chain
Main Bearings .........................................
Five

1
1

345

4.9 LITER ENGINE
Displacement ...............................
.4.9L (300 cuin.)
8 90 DegreeV
No. of Cylinders ..............................
Power (Acc. to S A E 51349) ............... 200 (bhp @ 4100 rpm
.....................................
150 (kW @ 4100 rpm
Torque (ACC.to SAE 51349) ............ 275 (lbs. ft. @ 3000 rpm
.................................... 375 (Nom @ 3000 rpm
Bore .......................................
92mm (3.623 in.)
Stroke .....................................
92mm (3.623 in.)
Compression Ratio ....................................
9.5: 1
Cyiinder Block ...........................
Die Cast Aluminum
Cylinder Block Bore Liners .........................
Cast Iron
Cylinder Head ....................................
Cast Iron
Intake Manifold ..............................
Cast Aluminum
Valve System ..........................
Roller Hydraulic Lifters
Intake Valve ................................
45mm (1.772 in.)
Exhaust Valve ...............................
38mm (1.496 in.)
Pistons ......................................
Cast Aluminum
Firing Order ..................................
1-8-4-3-6-5-7-2
LeftBank ..........................................
1-3-5-7
RightBank .........................................
2-4-6-8
Camsha............................................... Steel
Width. .....................................
16.2mm (0.64 in.)
.12.7mm (0.50 in.)
Pitch .....................................
Drive Vpe ..........................................
Chain
Crankshaft .............................
Pearlitic Nodular Iron
MainBearings ...........................................
5

-

1
1

346

I

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Type of Intake .....................................
Filter System ......................................

Stationary
Full-Flow

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
Surge Tank / Radiator Cap Relief Pressure...... 15.0 psi (103 kPa)
Thermostat Starts To Open ................ 192-199°F(89-93OC)
Water Pump Type.................................
Centrifugal
Drive Belt .......................................
Serpentine
Aluminum
Radiator Core ...................................
Electric
Radiator Cooling Fans (2) ............................

FUEL SYSTEM
Induction Type ............ Sequential Port Fuel Injection (SPFI)
System Pressure ....................
-33.4-43.5psi (230-300 kPa)
Idle Speed ..................................
ECM Controlled
Filter Type ...............................
Paper Type Element
Fuel Pump ................................
Electric (In Tank)
Fuel Required ................. Premium Unleaded (91 Octane)

AUTOlMATIC TRANSAXLE
Trade Name (Seville) ............ Turbohydramatic (THM) 4T60E
4-Speed Automatic
Type .....................................
................................... Viscous Converter Clutch
Trade Name (STS) .............. Turbohydramatic (THM) 4T80E
4-Speed Automatic
Type .....................................
................................... Torque Converter Clutch
Fluid Required ..............................
DEXRON IIEB
Axle Ratio ...........................................
2.97:l
Axle Ratio (STS) .....................................
3.71:l

347

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS
Exhaust Gas Recirculation ....................
Controlled Flow
Catalytic Converter .........................
Ceramic Monolith
Evaporative Emission Control ................ Charcoal Canister
Crankcase Emission Control .......................
PCV Valve
ElectronicSystem .....................
Open and Closed Loop

EXUAUST SYSTEM
Type ...............................
Single with Crossover Pipe
Muffler ..................................
One-Reverse Flow
Resonator ............................................
None
Exhaust Pipe ..................................
Stainless Steel
Intermediate Pipe .............................
Stainless Steel
Tail Pipe .....................................
Stainless Steel

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Voltage ................................................
12
Negative
Ground ...........................................
140 Amp
Generator (4.9 L) ...................................
Generator (4.6 L) ...................................
144 Amp

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Refrigerant-12 (R-12)

......................

.2.375 Ibs. (1.08 kg)

Not all air conditioning refrigerantsare the same.If the air conditioning
system in your vehicle needs
refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant
is
used. If you’re not sure ask your Cadillac Dealership.

348

3

FLUID CAPACITIES
Transaxle (4T6OE) ..............................
20 pts. (9.5 L)
Transaxle (4T80E) ..............................
30 pts. (14 L)
5 quarts (4.7 L)
Engine Oil (4.9 L) ............................
With Filter Change ...........................
5.5 qts (5.2 L)
6.5 qts (6.2 L)
Engine Oil (4.6 L) ..............................
With Filter Change ............................
7 qts (6.6 L)
Engine Cooling System ........................
12.3 qts (11.7 L)
Fuel Tank ..................................
20 gallons (76 L)
Power Steering ..............................
1.3 quarts (1.2 L)
Windshield Washer Reservoir .................. 4.2 quarts (4.1 L)

TIGHTEN TORQUE
Spark Plugs (4.9 L) ........................ .20 Nqm (15 lbs. ft.)
Spark Plugs (4.6 L) .........................
15 Nom (11 lbs. ft.)
Oil Pan Drain Plug (4.9 L) ................... 30N-m (22 Ibs. ft.)
Oil Pan Drain Plug (4.6 L) ................... 20N.m (15 lbs. ft.)

KEHICLE DIMENSIONS
Seville/STS
Shipping Weight..........................
3595 lbs. (1630.5 kg)
Shipping Weight (STS) ....................
3807 lbs. (1726.8 kg)
Wheel Base ................................
111 in. (2819 mm)
Length ..................................
.203.9 in. (5179 mm)
Height ................................... .54.0 in. (1371mm)
Width.. ..................................
.74.3 in. (1887 mm)
Front Tread ...............................
.60.9 in. (1547 mm)
Rear Tread ...............................
.60.9 in. (1547 mm)

349

I

5

CERTiFiED

We employ technicians certifiedby the
National Institute for

AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
Let us show you their credentials

Catalog Number H-3026

Part Number 3532636

P

F

P

1
r
I

r
r

c

P

i

OUR COMMITMENT TO YOUR SATISFACTION
c

We are committed to providing you the finest ownership experiencein the
world, starting the moment you take delivery of your new Cadillac.

Cadillac offersanother major step toward your continued satisfaction
...with
Cadillac Roadside Service. Roadside Serviceis your key to peace of mind
ownership--one that covers you on the road, far from home, all day and
night, and during the weekend. Roadside Service represents the spirit of
luxury leadership at Cadillac MotorCar Division. We hope the need never
arises, but if it does, Roadside Service can help.

How Can Roadside Service Help You?
Cadillac Roadside Servicewith a staff of phone advisors trained in Cadillac
service excellence offers assistance exclusivelyto Cadillac owners.In many
cases, the advisor can quickly help resolve yourcar problem overthe phone.
If the phone advisordetermines that it may be possible to repair your carat
roadsideand a technician is available, the advisor will arrange for an
experienced Cadillac dealership technicianto contact you, and if appropriate, travel to your location in a specially equipped vehicle and attempt to
repair yourcar on-site. The Roadside Service vehicle contains
the necessary
tools and parts to completemost minor repairs to get you back
on the road.
HtbirJsidc Scnicc. phonc i d v t s o r s and tcchnicians arc trained by Cadillacand
;Lrc 1mIII.u with )(bur
u hlch providcs a level of serviceknowledge
uw,rll) fawn3 o r l l ) .rl )&Bur( ' d d l x I )c;rlcrship. Because Roadside Service
m s i r h t . d i l l d c owners u u l u s i w l ~ p
. u r c;rll always receives top priority and
ImInt.Jl.~IcLab t t t w 5htIulJ ) ~ B Urcqulrc a tow truck, locksmith,
hotel

c.u.

,

~

~

~

hc-nILC

o Ir Irbttlc*r
~ , ~h11,tI
. I W~ ~ ~I C ~' C~So~n ~a ~moments
.
notice,Roadside
udl I o ~ , t k,rnJ rruhc thc irrrangcmcnts for you promptly.
~

~

I

I

~

1

When Is Roadside Service Available?
Cadillac owners havethe peace of mind knowing that Roadside Service is
available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, as follows:
TYPE OF
ASSISTANCE

MONDAY-FRIDAY

WEEKENDS AND
HOLIDAYS

Phone Advisor

24 Hours

24 Hours

Dealer Technician 500 p.m.-12:OO midnight 8:OO a.m.-12:00 midnight
Outside Service

24 Hours

24 Hours

Where Is It Available To You?
Wherever you drive in the UnitedStates or Canada an advisoris available to
assist you overthe phone and dealer
a
technician will travel to your location
within a30 mile radius, of a participating Cadillac dealership.
If you are not
within a 30 mile radius, we will arrange to have your car towed
to the nearest
Cadillac dealershipor service facility of your choice, after which you may
recontact us for further assistance.

." .

2

c

How Do You Obtain Roadside Service?
Just dial the special toll-free number and an experienced advisor at the
Cadillac Roadside Operations Center will assist you. The advisor will ask
your name,home address, location and
the telephone number you're calling
from (avoid using credit card phones, since
return calls cannot be placed to
you through them), along withthe location of your Cadillac,the model year,
of the problem.
VehicleIdentificationNumber,and
description
a
to drivers of any model year
Remember, Roadside Service is available
Cadillac.

P

Who WiZZ Repair Your Cadillac At Roadside?

-

In many cases, the advisor at the Roadside ServiceOperations Center can
provideinstructions to get youback on the road. For morecomplex
problems, the advisor will have an experienced Cadillac DeaIership Service
call you. The technician will evaluate the
Technician,whenavailable,
possible causeof the problem and,if you choose, cometo your assistanceto
attempt a roadside repair.

3

L

J

i

What If Your Cadillac Cannot Be Repaired at hadside?
When youcall the Roadside OperationCenter, the advisor will determine if
your car can be repaired at roadside within a reasonable period of time
(approximately45 minutes). If your car can’t be rep,aired
within that time or
requires the resources of a Cadillac dealership service facility,the advisor
will arrange tow service for you. Towing may also be necessary after the
technician has attempted a repair, but determines that your car cannot be
repaired at roadside.

If arrangements for towing are made by anadvisorfrom the Cadillac
Roadside Operations Center, it is for the convenience of the owner and
Cadillac is notresponsibleforthe
towcompany.During
the first
12 month/12,000 mile period towing services are covered for any disablement. Beyond this period, if the repair is covered under the applicable
General Motors New Car Limited Warranty, the towing expense will be
eligible for reimbursement by the servicing Cadillac dealership.

4

P

F

Is There Any MembershipOr Enrollment Fee?
There is no membership or enrollment fee for Roadside Service-- any
Cadillac is eligible under this program.
While Cadillac Roadside Service
is not anauto club, the services and repairs
provided often go beyond those offeredby some auto clubs. Our objective is
to provide immediate assistance to ensure that all Cadillac drivers are
assisted in a professional and timely manner with the help of experienced

Cadillac advisors and dealership technicians.

What Will Roadside Service CostYou
There is no cost to call the toll-free Roadside Service number.

n

r-

If a dealership Service
Technician travelstoyour location, there is a nominal
service fee tocover the technician’s travelto and from your location. Labor
is chargedat oneand a half timesthe Cadillac dealership retail labor
rate,
with a 30-minute minimum. There is also a chargefor any parts used and a
mileage fee if the technician travels beyond 30 miles.
If the repair to your car is determinedto be eligible for coverage
under the
General Motors New CarLimitedWarranty, the participatingCadillac
Roadside Service dealershipwill arrange for a reimbursement for the total
cost of the repair on the next business day.
5

n

c

0

Emergency Road Service Performed at the Scene for the Following
Disablements - during the first 12 month/12,000mile period.
Lock Out Assistance
Battery Jump Starts
Gas Delivery
Change
0TireFlat
0 Service
Towing
(Coven Change Only*)
*Determination of replacement tire under Warranty Coverage must
be made by a Cadillac dealership or appropriate tire manufacturer.

P

0

n i p Interruption - If your trip interrupted
is
due to a warranty failure,

incidental expensesmay be reimbursed duringthe 12 months/12,000
mile period. Items covered are hotel, meals and rental car.
0

'kip Routing - Free trip routing assistance
is available duringthe first
four years. Within a week of contacting Roadside Servicewlth your
travelplans,Cadillacwillprovide
adetailedtriproutingand
personalized North American Road Altas.

How Do You Pay For Roadside Service?
Payment isdue at the time the repair is performed. Paymentmay be madeby
cash, personal check or any major credit card honored by the participating
Cadillac dealership.
6

What VYou’ve Locked Your &ys In The Car?
If your keys are locked in the car, the technician or locksmith mustbe given
proof of ownership (original vehicle registration and your driver’s license)
before attempting toenter the vehicle.Thisprecautionis
for your
carry your vehicleregistrationand
protection. For this reason
we suggest you
Gold Key Card which includes a convenient credit card type
key. This special
key can be used to unlock either front door or the trunk compartment.

What If Your Car Is In An Unsafi Location Or On A Limited Access
Highway?
If your caris located in an area that is determined to be unsafe (by you, the
advisor or the technician), orif the vehicle is ona limited access freeway
or
regulated highway, the advisor will arrange to tow your Cadillac to a safe
location, where service can be performed. Additional assistance
will be
provided if necessary.

7

Other Roadside Services
Cadillac Roadside Serviceis committed to your total peaceof mind and is
to provide phone
staffed by Cadillac-trained phone advisors and technicians
or on-site repair assistance. Beyond the coverage period Roadside Service
can also arrange a wide variety of other services to assist you, such as:
Battery Jump Start 0 Flat Tire Change
0 Tow Service
0 Locksmith
FuelDelivery
TripRouting
0 Lost Keys
0 mi
Hotel Information

I

While there is no chargefor some of these items duringthe specified period,
the owner is responsible for any expenses beyondthe covered period.
We hope you never need any of the emergency services, but if you do,
Roadside Service can promptly locate andarrange them for you wherever
of howCadillac Roadside
you travel in the United States or Canada. It’s part
Service is dedicated to your continued satisfaction.

L

*

Glove Compartment DecalAnd Wallet Card
The Roadside Service toll-free number is located on a decal in the glove
compartment, on the wallet card in the backof the Gold Key Owner’s
Literature portfolio and on the Gold Key Card you received shortly after
taking delivery of yournew Cadillac.

.

TOLL-FREEHOTLINE

1-800-882-1112
Information To Provide When Calling Cadillac Roadside Service
When you call Cadillac Roadside Service,
the advisor will ask your name and
home address,the telephone number and location you are calling from, the
location of your Cadillac and a description
of the problem. The advisor will
ask the following information about your Cadillac:
Vehicle Identification Number WIN)

0

This 17 character codeis located onthe driver’s side top surface
of the
instrument panel andmay be seen through the windshield.
Year
Model
and
0 Delivery
Date
Mileage
8

c

c

c

c

c

:,L

w
I-

P

__I

M
-

L
W

>

......

6
t,

OWNER ASSISTANCE
This section will explainhow
to contact Cadillac youneed
if
assistance. It also tells you
and how to report any safety defects.
how to obtain service publications
This section includes the following:
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Zone and Central Office Addresses
Customer Assistance for Hearing/Speech.Impaired
Mediatiodkbitration Program
Reporting Safety Defects
Product Service Publications(PSPs)
Owner’s Manuals and Service Manuals

CUSTOMER SATISFACTION PROCEDURE
Your satisfaction and goodwill are importantyour
to dealer and to Cadillac. Normally,
my problems with the sales transaction or the operation of your bevehicle
will
resolved
~y your dealer’s Salesor Service Departments. Sometimes, however, despite the best
intentions ofall concerned, misunderstandings can
occur. If your concern has not been
:esolved to your satisfaction, the following steps should
be taken:

STEP ONE- Discuss your problem witha member of dealership management.
Satisfaction can often be quickly obtained at that level.
If the matter has alreadybeen
peviewed with the Sales, Service or Parts Manager, contact the General Manager or
) m e r of the dealership.
STEP TWO - If after contacting a member of Dealership Management, it appears
jour problem cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help, contact the
Zadillac Consumer Relations Center24 hours per day by calling1-8OO-458-8006or
f you have an AllantC call 1-800-ALLANT)?
‘n Canada, contact GM of Canada Customer Assistance Centerin Oshawa by calling
1-800-263-3777 (ENGLISH). In Quebec,
the
French
language
mhumber is
1-800-263-7854.

n Mexico, call 1-900-254-17-86.
In PuertoRico, U.S. Virgin Islands, call
1-809-763-1315. In all other overseas locations, contact GM International Export
iales in Canada by calling 1416-644-41 12.

1

For prompt assistance, please have the following information available
Consumer Relations Representative:

to give the

- Your name, address and telephonenumber
- Vehicle IdentificationNumber ("hiis is available dram the vehicle registrationor
title, or the plate attachedto the left top
of the instrument panel and visible through
the windshield.)

- Dealership name and location
- Vehicle delivery date
- Nature of problem

and present mileage

In order to give your inquiry prompt attention, please call the appropriate toll fiee
n u m k listed. However,if you wishto write Cadillac, please
send all correspondenceto
the respective United
States, Canada or GM Overseas CentralOffice address listed on
the following page.
When contacting Cadillac, please remember that your problem be
will
likely in
resolved
the dealership, using dealership facilities, equipment and personnel. That is why we
suggest you follow Step One first.

CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE FORTHE HEARING OR
SPEECH IMPAIRED
To assist owners who have hearing difficulties, Cadillac has installed special TDD
(TelecommunicationDevicesfortheDeaf)equipment
in its Consumer Relations
Center. Any hearing or speech impaired customer who has access to a TDD or a
by dialing:
conventionalteletypewriter (TTY) cancommunicatewithCadillac
1-800-TDD-CMCC. VDD users in Canada candial 1-800-263-3830).

2

ZONE AND CENTRAL OFFICE ADDRESSES
CENTRALOFFICES
UNITED STATES
Consumer Relations Center
Cadillac Motor Car Division
2860 Clark
Detroit, Michigan 48232
1-800-458-8006 (24 Hours)
1 - 8 O O - A L L ~(Allantks only)

CANADA
Consumer RelationsDepartment
General Motors of Canada Limited
Oshawa, Ontario L1J 526
1-800-263-3777 (ENGLISH)
1-800-263-7854 (FRENCH)

INTERNATIONAL EXPORT
SALES
P.O. Box 828
Oshawa, Ontario L1 H 7N 1
Fax: 416-644-4866
Telex: 821-06981215

CADILLAC ZONE OFFTCES
CENTRAL ZONE
Post Office Box
33 109
Detroit, Michigan 48232
FLORIDA ZONE
Barrette Bank Centre
Fifth Floor
625 North Flagler
West Palm Beach,
Florida 33401
MID-ATLANTIC ZONE
Post Office Box9010
Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087
EASTERN ZONE
Post Office Box3003
Parsippany, New Jersey 07054
SOUTHEAST ZONE
Post Office Box 50256
Atlanta, Georgia 30302

LOS ANGELES ZONE
Post Office Box5018
Thousand Oaks, California
91359-5018

MIDWEST ZONE
Post Office Box3002
Naperville, Illinois60566
NORTHWEST ZONE
Post Office Box23850
Oakland, California94623
SOUTHWEST ZONE
Post Office Box 660118
Dallas, Texas75266-0118
*NOTE The state of
Alaska is serviced by
the Northwest Zone.
The state of Hawaii is serviced
by the Los Angeles Zone.

GENERAL MOTORSOF CANADA REGIONAL OFFICES
CALGARY, AB T2P 3 W 7
4220 Blackfoot Trail
P.O. Box 2510

1-800-263-3777

TORONTO, ONTARIOM3C lJ1
1200 Eglinton Ave. E.
416359-0588

1-800-263-3777

MONTREALyQUEBEC
H9R 4R2
5000 Tranlanada Hwy.
Pointe Claire, Quebec

Y

1-800-263-7854

G E M R A L MOTORS OFFICES OVERSEAS
FAR EAST

GM Overseas
Distribution C o p .
Roppongi Fuji Building
2-6Nishiazabu 3-Chome
Minato-Ku
Tokyo,Japan 106
Telephone: 03-470-3461
Telex: JAPAUTO 322776

DUBAI
GMODCDES Middle East
Regional Marketing Office
Dubai International Trade Centre
Level 30
P.O. Box 9233
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Telex: 46542 GMODC EM

SAUDI ARABIA
GM Overseas
Distribution Corp.
P.O. Box 5784
Jeddah, 21432 Saudi Arabia
Telephone: 02-665-3380
Telex: 401748 GMOT SJ

KI’ROP):
G%IOlX*/lLSEurr-p R V O
C f l ) (;$I Scrvicc C;15lRlI
Posrfac h 17 I O
I)-bOr)O Rucssclshcim

Federal Republic of Germany
Telephone: 6 142-6023 or
19312

Telex: 4182841 GMO D
Fax: 6142-82632 or Code (02)

PUERTO RICO
US. VIRGIN 1SLAM)S
GM Overseas DistributionC o p .
Centro Commercial
San Francisco
Rio Piedras, Puerto Rim
Mail: G.P.O.Box G4382
San Juan, Puerto Rico 00936
Telephone: 809-763-1315
Telex: 3450394
MEXICO
General Motorsde Mexico
Consumer Relations Supervisor
Service Department
Apartado Postal 107-BIS
Mexico 1, D.F.
Telephone: 905-245-17-86
Telex: 1763 185

GM PARTICIPATION IN BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION PROGRAM*
Our experience has shown that the Customer Satisfaction Procedure described
in
earlier
this section has been very successful in achieving customer satisfaction.If you have
discussed a concern with your Dealership management and have not been able to
resolve it, let us know. Questions and concerns are resolved most ef€iciently if you
telephone or write directlyto our officesas described. However, if you havenot been
substantially satisfied,Cadillac wants youto be aware of GM's voluntary participation
in ano-charge mediation/arbitration program calledBBB AUTO LINE. This program
is administered by the Council
of Better Business Bureaus through local Better Business
Bureaus. It can resolveindividualdisputesinvolvingvehiclerepairsand
the
interpretation of your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
is made
We prefer that you notresort to BBB AUTO LINE until after a final decision
under the Customer Satisfaction Procedure. However, you file
may
a claim at any time
by contacting your local Better Business Bureau or(BBB)
calling the following
24 hour
obtain the telephonenumber of yournearest BBBoffice:
toll-Freenumberto
1-800-955-5100. For further information about filling a claim, you may also twrite
o:

BBB AUTO LINE
Council of Better Business Bureaus
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, Virginia22203
In order to file a claim, you will have to provide yourname and address, the vehicle
identification number (VIN) of your vehicle, and a statement of the nature of your
complaint. BBB staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation. If
mediation is not successful, orif you do not wish to participate in mediation, eligible
customers may present their caseto an impartial third party arbitratorat an informal
hearing. The arbitrator will render a decisionin your case, whichyou may accept or
reject. If you accept a valid arbitrator decision, Cadillac be
will
bound by that decision
The entire dispute settlement process should ordinarily
about40
take days from the time
you file your complain1IO thc time a decision is rendered (or 47 days if you did not first
cont;w'l )our Jcdlcrshlp o r C d ~ l l x ) .
ltrrs p ~ ~ g r , u Murc
II
o r instcad of resorting to the courts. We
k . 1 t r . b c rl (Jffr'ls
uilrgrs w c . r ccjurts In nwsl Jurisdictions because it is fast, free of
L huge. unl lr~ttvnrrl
( h w >crs u c r r t ~usudly pcsenr, although you may retain one at
)~JLU
rtjwnw I f ) r w k t N R ) \ C ) A r h u h ) r s mahu decisions based on h e principles of
rrlnlcss a d cqult) '17rc.y rlru 1101 rcquird t o duplicate the functions ofcourts by strictly
appl> In$ s t d w o r fcdcrd h w . If you wish to go to court however, we do not require that
you first Cilc a claim with R R R AUTO LINE ** unless state law provides otherwise.
Whatever your prcfcrcnce may be, remember that if you are unhappy
with the resultsof

U'r C

~ L C C W I ~)t)u
~ C

11) uw

R R R AUTO LINE, you can stillgo to court becausean arbitrator's decision is binding
on Cadillac but not on you unless you acceptit.
5

Eligibility is limited by vehicle age/mileage, on the component involved and other
factors. For further information concerning theprogram, call your local BBB or call
1-800-955-5 100 for the toll-free number of your nearestBBB. You may alsocall the
Cadillac Consumer Assistance Center.

*Thisprogram may not be availablein all states, depending on state
law. (Canadian
owners should refer to the Canadian Warranty Booklet). General Motors reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations andlor to discontinue its participation in this
program.

** Some states may require that you first file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE before
resorting to state operated procedures(including court).

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO THE UNITED
STATES GOVERNMENT
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could causeoracould
crashcause
injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA),in addition to notifying GeneralMotors.
If NHTSAreceives similar complaints,
it may open an investigation, and if it findsa that
safety defect existsin a groupof vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign,
However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may eithercallthe Auto SafetyHotlinetoll-Freeat
1-800-424-9393 (or366-0123 in the Washington, D.C. area)
or write toNHTSA, U.S.
Department of Transportation, Washington, D.C.20590. You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle safety from the Hotline.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO THE CANADIAN
GOVERNMENT
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your has
vehicle
a safety defect., you should
immediately notify Transport Canada, in addition to notifying General Motors of
8880, Ottawa, Ontario
CanadaLtd. You maywritetoTransportCanadaatBox
K1G 3J2.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO GENERAL
MOTORS
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation like this, we
certainly hope you’ll notify us. Please call us at our Consumer Relations Center,
1-800-458-8006, or inCanada call,1-800-263-3377, (English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write: Cadillac Motor Car Division, Consumer Relations Center, 2860
Clark Avenue Detroit,MI 48232.

6

SERVICE PUBLICATIONS
Information onhow to obtain Product Service Publications, subscriptions, Indexes and
summaries as describedbelow is applicable onlyin the fifty U.S. states (andthe District
fo Columbia) and only
for cars and light truckswith GVWR less than 10,OOO pounds
(4 536 kg).
In Canada, information pertaining to Product Service Bulletins and Indexes can be
obtainedbywritingto:GeneralMotorsofCanadaLimited,ServicePubiications
Department, 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa,Ontario LIH 8P7.
Cadillac regularly sends its dealers useful service bulletins about Cadillac products.
Cadillac monitors product performance in the field. Wethen prepare bulletins for
servicing our products better, Now, you
can get these bulletinstoo.
Bulletins cover various subjects. Some pertain to the proper use and care of your
vehicle. Some describe costly repairs. Others describe inexpensive repairs which, if
tell a
done on time with latest
the parts,may avoid future costly repairs. Some bulletins
technician howto repair a new
or unexpected condition. Others describe a quicker way
to fix your vehicle. They can help a technician service your vehicle better.
Most bulletins applyto conditions affecting a small number of vehicles Your Cadillac
dealership or a qualified technician may tohave
determine if a specific bulletin applies
to your vehicle.
You can subscribe to all Cadillac bulletins.
This way you’ll get themas they come out.
You can wait a while and get an index to the bulletins. You can also get individual
bulletins. However, you’ll need the index to identify them.

Subscriptions
You can subscribe to all Cadillac Product Service Publications
(PSPs).This will include
be limited
bulletins for all cars sold by Cadillac and will
not to PSPs applicable to any
particular model. When you buy a subscription, you will receive
PSPs
thein periodic
A subscription costs $100.00 U.S. ($110.00
mailings shortly after they come out.
including a special binder) and it entitlestoyou
all PSPs published by Cadillac during
that model year. You can purchases a subscription by sending a check orto money order
Cadillac Service Publications, Post Office
Box 07130, Detroit, Michigan48027, along
15. Your may get additions subscription ordering
with the order form located on page
forms by calling the toll-free number shown in this section or yourcan find them at
participating dealerships.

Individual PSPs
If you don’t want
to buy all the
PSPsissued by Cadillac for all models
the model
in
year,
PSPs such as those which maypertain to a particular model.
To
you can buy individual
do this, you will first need to see our
of PSPs.
indexIt provides a variety
of information.
Here’s what you’ll find in the index
and how you can get one.

7

What You’ll find in the Index:

+

+
+

A list of all PSPs published by Cadillac in a model year (1990 or later).
covering all models of Cadillac
cars are listed in the same index.

PSPs
I

ordering information so you can buy the specific PSPs you may want.
Price information for PSPs you may want to buy.

How You Can Getan Index:
Indexes are published periodically. Most
of the PSPs which could potentially applyto
the most recent Cadillac models will by listed in the last quarterly publication
for that
model year. This means you may want to wait until the end of the model year before
pertaining to a current model year
ordering an index, if you are interested PSPs
in buying
vehicle.
Some PSPs pertaining to a particular model year vehicle maybe published on later
years, and these would
be listed in the later year’s index. When you order an
for aindex
model year that is not over yet, we’ll send you the most recently published quarterly
an earlier model year, but not before
1990.
issue. You can specify an index for
Cut out the order form,it out,
fill and mail it.
We will seeto it that an index
is mailed to
you. There is no chargefor indexes for the 1990-1993 model years.

Toll-Free Telephone Number
If you wantan additional orderingform for an index aor
subscription,just call toll-fiee
and we’ll be happy to send you one. Automated recording equipment will take your
name and mailing address. The number to call is1-800-551-4123.

Copies at Participating Dealers
Copies of Indexes and individualPSPs are at your Cadillac dealership.
You can ask to
see them.
A VERY IMPORTANT REMINDER: These PSPs are meantfor technicians. They are
not meant for the ‘da-it-yourselfer’. Technicians have the equipment, tools, safety
and safely.
instructions, andtraining to do a job quickly
Cadillac reserves the right to change these procedures without notice after November,
1991.

Cadillac Owner’s Manuals and Service Publications
You can get these by using the order
form. Additionally, past model Owner’s
Manuals
and Service Information Manuals are available
for a minimumof ten model years and
frequently much longer. Credit card orders may
be placed using the toll-free number
1-800-782-4356. High quality copiesof out of print older model manuals ar available,
also. You may receive a free listingof either by using the order form.
8

-

1

SERVICE MANUALS
(AVAILABLE AFTER SEPTEMBER,1m))

MODEL
YEAR

I

FORM
NO.

1993

H-3012

1993

H-3014

1993
1993
1993

I
I

H-3016
H-3008

H-3046

II

DESCRIPTION

I Brougham Service Information Manual
I DeVile/Fleetwood Service Information Manual

I
I

Eldorado,SevilleServiceInformationManual
Allant6ServiceInformation

Manual

Quick Reference Specifications Guide
(All Models)

1992 and
CPCH-0921 Order Form for Past Model service Manuals
Prior

PRICE
EACH
$50.00

45 .oo

45 .00
55.00

7.00

FREE

I

OWNER’S LITERATURE

MODEL
DESCRIPTION YEAR

FORM
NO.

PRICE
EACH

1993

H-3024

DeVilleOwnerInformation

15.00

1993

H-3025

FleetwoodOwnerInformation

15.00

1993

H-3026

SevilleOwnerInformation

15.00

1993

H-3028

Eldorado OwnerInformation

15.00

1993

H-3022

Brougham Owner Information

15.00

1993

H-3020

Allant6 Owner Information

1993

3532657

Maintenance Coupon Booklet

1993

3532627

Warranty Booklet (All Models except AllantC)

2.00

1993

3532628

Alland Assurance Plan (Warranty)

2.00

25.00
4.00

1992 and
CPCH-092 Order Form for Past Model Owner’s Literature
FREE
Prior
NOTE:Owner Literature Portfolios, Vehicle and Owner Informationlabels and Gold
Keys are available by contacting your Cadillac dealership

9

PRICE

PRODUCT SERVICE PUBLICATIONS INDEXES
FORM
NO.

H-2655
H-2755

I

H-2855

1992

H-2955

H-2652B

1

I

I

1991

H-2752B

1992

H-2852B

1993

H-2952B

EACH
-

DESCRIPTION

FREE
FREE
FREE
FREE

Index (Includes applicable bulletin summaries)
To review all product service publications
(PSPs)
for a specific model year vehicle,it is necessary
to order the index for that model year and all
subsequent modelyear indexes.

-

Bound PSP Edition - includes
index plus completePSPs
Bound PSP Edition - includes
index plus completePSPs
Bound PSP Edition - includes
index plus completePSPs (available 10-91)
Bound PSP Edition - includes
index plus completePSPs (available 10-92)

20.00
-

20.00
20.00

20.00

INDIVIDUAL PRODUCT SERVICE PUBLICATIONS
(Refer to PSP Index for Form Number)
MODEL
YEAR

1990
thru
1993

FORM
NO.

-.
PRICE

EACH

details
Individual
First
See
on
psp Index
Each
Additional

.-

DESCRIPTION

PSP Per Order

$4.00

PSP In Same Order

2.00

ANNUAL PRODUCT SERVICE PUBLICATION SUBSCRIPTION
~~~

MODEL
YEAR

DESCRIPTION

1993
released by Cadillac throughout the Model Year
(September 1 through August 31). PSPs mailed

I

H-2134

I

3-Ring Binder for Product
Service
Publications.
Includes setof Index Tabs.

10

I

CI

I

NOTE: Please fill in order form and MAJL TO:

Cadillac Service Publications
Post Office Box 07130, Detroit, Michigan 48207

r

ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-782-4356
(NOTE: For Credit Card Holder Orders Only)
Monday-Friday 8:30 A.M. -6:OO P.M. EST

*Minimum Credit Card Order S 10.00

If further information is needed, write to the address shown
above or call(313) 883-1430. Material
cannot be returned for credit without receiving advance authorization wlthln14 days of deltvery.
On returns, a re-stocking fee may be apphed agamst the origmal order.

,:

Prtces are SUbJeCtto change withoul nolice and withoul lncurtin obligation
Orders lor Individual Product Servrce Publicationscannot be lilietwithout the
appropriate bullelin numbers. These numbers maybe found in the PSP Index.Your
first Product Service Publication COSS
$3.00;each additional PSP costs $1.00.

TOTAL MATERIAL

.

Michlgan Purchasers
add 4% sales tax
Handlrng Charge

Orders will be mailed within 10 days of receipt. Please allow adequate lime for
r

postal service.

$3.50

GRAND TOTAL

r

NOTE: Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or company name, and also the name of the person
to whose attention the shipment should be sent. For purchases outside U.S.A. please write to the above
address for quotation.

7

(CUSTOMER

!

1

f

(APT
NUMBERS)
0 BOX

P
ADDRESS-NO
(STREET

NO)

(STATE)

(CITY)
DAYTIME TEiEPHONE NO.CODE

0
0

Check or Money Order payableto Helm, Inc. (USA funds only
Mastercard

Account
Number:

r

Expiration
mo/yr:
Oate

m

l

[I

!
r

VISA

(CUSTOMER SIGNATURE)

address
Shippmg
your

- do not send cash.)

ml
Check
here
from

11 your
blltlng
address

IS

shown

dtllerent

(ZIP CODE)

.

i

c

:
i

I

i

I
h

r
r

SUBJECT INDEX
A

F

r

P

P

r
t

Acc (Ignition Key Position) ............................
80
AccessoryPower. Retained ..........................
327
Adding
293
Brake Fluid .....................................
326
Electrical Equipment .............................
240.245.283. 285
EngineCoolant .......................
271
EngineOil ......................................
288
Power Steering Fluid .............................
281
Transaxle Fluid ..................................
Additives.Engine Oil ...............................
275
Adjustment.Brake .................................
184
Adult Safety Belt Usage .. 1 ...........................
18
-AirBag ............................................
30
Aircleaner .......................................
277
Air Cleaner Replace ................ See Maint . Book. p.22
Air Cleaner Filter Replacement ......................
301
AirConditioner ....................................
147
Air Outlets ....................................
._... 146
AirSystem ........................................
146
Alarm. How To Turn Off Theft .........................
77
Alcohol. Driving Under The Influence Of .............. 175
Alcohol in Gasoline .................................
263
Aluminum Wheels. Cleaning .........................
322
AMAX@ ..........................................
154
AM RadioReception ...............................
153
AM Stereo Radio Reception .........................
154
Antenna. Cleaning Radio .-..._ ........................
164
Antifreeze .....................................
237.245
Anti-LockBrakes ..................................
181
Anti-Lock BrakeSystem Warning Light .............129.181
Anti-TheftTips .....................................
75
Appearance Care ...................................
315
Wearing A Safety Belt Under Your ................ 28
Ashtrays ..........................................
121
Astroroof ..........................................
119
Automatic Air Conditioning System ................... 147
Automatic Door Lock ................................
68
AutomaticOverdrive .................................
86

Arm.

1

r
I
I

Automatic Transaxle .................................
Automatic Transaxle Fluid ...........................

83
278

B
Baby Restraint ......................................
46
Battery ...........................................
293
Battery Cables, Starting With . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Battery Charge Light ...............................
13 1
Battery PowerLoss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Beam,Headlight,High-Low Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1
Belt
Lap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1
Lap-Shoulder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19
Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lrl
Blizzard, I f You’re Caught In A . . . . . . . .
,’I I
Block Heater, Enginc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N:
Blood Alcohol Lcvcl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I *I,
“Btowout,” Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24fb
Boat, Towing A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . 213
Bose Sound Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 0
Brake
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Fluid ..........................................
292
Master Cylinder .................................
290
Parking .........................................
88
Pedal Travel ....................................
184
Brake System, Anti-Lock, Warning Light ............... 129
Brake System Warning Light .........................
128
BrakeWear Indicators, Disc .........................
183
Brakes,Anti-Lock ..................................
181
Brakes,Trailer ..................................... 216
Braking ...........................................
179
Braking in Emergencies .............................
184
Braking If Your Engine Stops ........................ 181
“Break-In”, NewVehicle .............................
79
Break-In Schedule, When Towing A Trailer ............. 214
Buckling Up .........................................
18
Bulb Chart ........................................
333
Bulbs, Halogen, Removal ............................
295
Bulbs,Taillight Replacement .........................
298
Bulbs,TurnSignal ..................................
334

C

Cables, Battery, Starting With ........................
Camper, Towing A , . ................................
Capacities, Fluid ...................................

2

223
213
349

i
r

c

.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Carbon Monoxide In Exhaust ........................
211
Cassette Tape Player. Care Of Your ................... 163
Cassette Tape Systems ..............................
158
Cautions. Safety ......................................
1
CB Radio. Adding A.............................
155. 326
Cellular Telephone. Adding A .....................
155. 326
Center Console .....................................
73
Central Door Unlocking System .......................
68
Chains. Tire .......................................
314
Change The Oil. When To ...........................
275
Changing A Flat Tire ...............................
250
Charge. Battery. No Warning Light ....................
131
Chassis Lubrication ................. See Maint . Book. p.18
Checking
292
The Brake Fluid .................................
The Engine Oil Level ............................
270
The Power Steering Fluid .........................
287
The Transaxle Fluid ..............................
278
Things Under The Hood ..........................
267
Your Restraint Systems ............................
61
Your Safety Belt Systems ...........................61
Checks. Service Station ............... See Maint . Book. p.8
Chemical Paint Spotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Child Restraint. Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Child Restraints .....................................
46
Children And Safety Belts ............................ 43
Cigarette Lighter ................................... 122
Circuit Breakers ...................................
327
CityDriving .......................................
198
Cleaner.Air .......................................277
Cleaning
AluminumWheels ............................... 322
Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Virql o r 1.c.11hcr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
5.11L.1) I k l l \
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
I hi l n d c ( ) I j t u r ( ' d d I . ~ c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
I h L ( )141\,c ~ I L( )t. j t h i d l (.,IL!III.Ic
.....................
321
I tih 1'1 .u r .1rr1c I U L L
......................
164

.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
I tlL. I iltfcl th d s ( )I ) t u 1 1 ( . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
I hc i+
w d 4 w l d rrrd M q w c Dladcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Nc.~lllcr\trtp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
('loch. Scltlng 1 hc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
162
('limatc ('onlrc.1 Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
~ I o s c d - 1H.ICCS.
1~
Don't Idle In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
CO In Your Exhaust ..............................
95.211
Ih
i
ai?
I 4

I l l

I t l L i i l \ l l U l l l L Ill l'.lll r.1

.

.

.

.

3

.

Comfort Controls and Audio Systems.................. 146
Compact Disc Player. CareOf Your ................... 163
Compact Disc Sound Systems ........................
161
Compact Spare Tire ................................
258
Computer That Shows Fuel Economy .................. 135
Console. Center ......................................
73
Contents. Thble Of ........ See Frontof Owner Info.Manual
Control Of A Vehicle ...............................
178
Control. Loss Of ...................................
189
Controls. Features And ...............................
63
Convex Outside Mirror ..............................
118
Coolant. Engine: Proper SolutionTo Use ............ 237. 245
Coolant. Safety Warnings About ................... 233. 245
Cooling System .................................
235. 243
Cooling System Service.............. See Maint. Book. p.20
CruiseControl .....................................
104
Cruise Control. Change Speed With
107
Cruise Control. Get Out Of ..........................
109
Cruise Control On Hills .............................
108
Cruise Control. lhming Off ..........................
109
Curves.Driving On .................................
184

...................

D
Damage To Finish ..................................
323
Damage To Sheet Metal .............................
323
DamageWarnings ....................................
2
Daytime Running Lights (Canada Only) ............... 113
Dead Battery. WhatTo Do If You Have A .............. 223
DefensiveDriving ..................................
174
Defogger. Rear Window .............................
151
Defrost ...........................................
150
Delco-Bose Gold Series Compact Disc Music Sys
........ 160
DelcoSoundSystems ...............................
155
DEXRON IIE@ ...................................
281
Dimensions.Vehicle ................................
349
Disc Brake Wear Indicators ..........................
183
Disposal.UsedOil .................................
276
DoorLocks ........................................
65

Door;SecurityLock.Rear ............................
67
Downhill.Parking ..................................
206
Downshifting .......................................
87
Driver Information Center ...........................
136
Driver Information Center Messages .................. 137
Driver’s Side S.I.R. (“Air Bag”) ........................
30

4

.

.
c

.

.

Driving
And the Road. Your ..............................
AtNight .......................................
Defensive ......................................
Hill and Mountain ...............................
In A Foreign Country ............................
In Cities ........................................
In Fog. Mist And Haze ...........................
On Snow Or Ice .................................
In The Rain .....................................
In Winter .......................................
On A Long Trip .................................
On The Freeway .................................
On The Road ...................................
On Curves ......................................
Through Deep Standing Water ......................
Winter ..........................................
Drunken Driving ...................................
Dual Braking System ................................

E

.

.

.

.

.

Electric Outside Mirror Control ......................
118
Electrical Equipment. Adding .....................
155. 326
Electronic Climate Control ..........................
147
Electronic Level Control ............................
145
Electronic Solar Sensor .............................
151
Emergencies.BrakingIn ............................
184
Emergencies. Steering In ............................
185
Emergency Starting. Discharged Battery ............... 223
Emergency Towing .................................
229
Engine
82
BlockHeater ....................................
Change Oil Indicator .............................
143
Coolant ........................................
282
Coolant Temperature WarningLights ............... 130
Exhaust .........................................
95
Oil ............................................
269
Oil Additives ....................................
275
OilLight .......................................
132
Oil, When To Change ............................
275
Overheating ....................................
233
Speed Limiter (Northstar) ........................
133
Warning Light About Need For Service ............. 127
Ethanol In Gasoline ................................
263
Exhaust, Caution .................................
95, 211
Exhaust, Dangerous Gas In ........................
95,211

.
5

.
.

165
190
174
203
264
198
196
209
193
208
201
199
202
184
83
208
175
128

.

Expectant Mothers. Use Of Safety Belts By .............. 36
Explanation of Maint.Service ........ See Maint. Book. p.18
Express Down Window (Driver’s Side) .................. 97
ExpresswayDriving .................................
199
Extender.SafetyBelt ................................
61
Exterior Appearance ................................
315

.

.

F

Fabric.Foam-Type Cleaner On .......................
317
Fabric. Solvent-?)pe Cleaner On ......................
317
Fasteners.Replacement .............................
262
Features And Controls ...............................
63
Fetus. Risk To ..From Safety Belt Use .................. 36
Filling Your Fuel Tank ..............................
264
Filter. Oil .........................................
323
Finish Damage .....................................
323
First Gear. When To Use .............................
88
Flash-To-Pass Feature ...............................
101
Flat Tire ..........................................
249
Flat Tire. Changing A ...............................
250
Flooded Engine. Starting A ...........................
81
Floor Mats ........................................
123
Fluid
290
Brake ..........................................
; ......... 289
Headlight Washer ......................
286. 349
Power Steering ...............................
278
Transaxle .......................................
288
WindshieldWasher ..............................
Fluid Capacities ....................................
349
Fluids & Lubricants. Recommended ... See Maint . Book. p.38
268
Fluid Usage Label ..................................
FM Stereo Radio Reception .........................
154
Foam-Type Cleaner On Fabric ........................
317
112
Fog Lights (STS) ...................................
196
Fog. Driving In .....................................
Fog: Getting It Off the Windshield ....................
150
Francais. Guide En ......................
See Introduction
Freeing Car From Sand. Mud. Iceor Snow ............. 260
199
FreewayDriving ...................................
French Language Manual ................. See Introduction
Front Seatbacks. Reclining ............................
7.8
Fuel ..............................................
262
Fuel Data Panel ....................................
135
Fuel Gage .........................................
134
Fuel Door. Remote .................................
265
Fuel Tank. Filling Your ..............................
264
Fuels in Foreign Countries ...........................
264

.
c s

.

I

.

.
..
-

.

.

..

.

6

.

..

.

r

Fuse Replacement ..................................
Fuses And Circuit Breakers ..........................

r

Garage Door Opener ...............................
123
Gear Positions ......................................
83
Gearshift Lever. PositionsOf ..........................
83
Gasoline ..........................................
262
Gasoline Tank. Filling Your ..........................
264
Glass Cleaning .....................................
320
Glove Box ..........................................
73
Graphic Symbols .....................................
3
Guard Against Theft .................................
75
Guide En Francais.......................
See Introduction

327
327

G

I

r
i

r
!

r
r

r

H

HalogenBulbs .....................................
295
Halogen Headlight Bulb Removal .....................
295
Hazard Warning Flashers ............................
221
Haze.DrivingIn ...................................
196
HeadlightBulbRemoval ............................
295
HeadlightHigh-LowBeam ..........................
101
Headlight On Warning ..............................
110
HeadlightWashers .................................
104
Headlight Washer Fluid .............................
289
Head Restraints .....................................
10
HeatedWindshield .................................
152
Heater ............................................
146
Heater. Engine Block ................................
82
Height Adjuster. Shoulder Belt ........................
22
High-LowHeadlightBeamSwitch ....................
101
High Speed. Shifting When Engine Is Running At ........ 86
HighwayHypnosis ..................................
202
Hill and Mountain Roads ............................
203
Hills. Parking On ...................................
205
Holding A Baby In Your Car ..........................
44
Hood. Don't Open If You See Steam ............... 239. 246
Hood. Opening The ................................
262
Horn ..............................................
97
Hot Coolant. Warning Light For ......................
130
Hot Engine. Safety Warnings About ................... 233 .
How The Air Bag System Works .......................
32
How To Obtain Roadside Service ........ See Roadside Sew.
HowTo Operate Your Sound System .................. 155
How 'Ib Use This Manual ..............................
1
How To Wear Safety Belts Properly.....................
18

7

.

Hydroplaning

......................................

194

.

I

Ice. If You’re Stuck In ...............................
260
Identification Label. Service Parts .....................
326
Identification Number.Vehicle .......................
325
Idling Your Engine ..................................
92
If A Tire Goes Flat .................................
249
Ignition Key Positions ................................
79
Illuminated Entry System .............................
68
Indicator. Bulbs For lbrn Signal ......................
334
Indicators. Warning. On Instrument Panel .............. 127
Infant Restraint .....................................
46
Inflatable Restraint Light .............................
31
Inflation. Tire Pressure ..............................
307
Information Center. Driver ..........................
136
Information System On Instrument Panel .............. 124
Inside Mirrors (Manual) .............................
115
Inspection. Tire ....................................
309
Instrument Panel ...................................
124
Instrument Panel Warning Lights .....................
127
Interior Cleaning ...................................
316
Interior Lights .....................................
112
Introduction ..............See Front of Owner Info. Manual

J
Jacking And Removing Flat Tire ......................
Jump Starting ......................................

K

Keys ..............................................
Keys. Ignition .......................................
Keyless Entry. Remote ...............................
Kilometer Indicator ................................

.

.

u

.

.

.
251
223

..
I

63
79
68
126

.

L

Label.FluidUsage .................................
268
Lamp Housings ....................................
295
Lane Change Indicator ..............................
100
Lap Belt ...........................................
41
Lap-ShoulderBelt ...................................
19
Larger Children and Safety Belts .......................
57
Leaking. Of Exhaust Into Your Car .................. 95. 211
Leather. Cleaning ..................................
319
LeavingYourVehicle ................................
68

.

.

.

Door

.

r
L

.

F
I

Light. Air Bag System .........................
;..... 131
Light. Battery Charge ...............................
131
Light. Safety Belt Reminder.........................
11.17
Light. Service Engine Soon ..........................
130
Light. Engine Oil ...................................
132
Light. Engine E m p .................................
130
Light. lbrn Signal Indicator ..........................
100
Lieht Underhood ..................................
113
Iter.
Cigarette
..................................
Lii
122
Lig Its ............................................
110
Lig Its. Battery Charge ..............................
131
Lig Its. Fog (STS) ..................................
112
Lig Its. Interior .....................................
112
Lig Its. Operation of ................................
111
Lig Its. Reading ....................................
114
Lig Its. Traffic ......................................
172
Lig ats. Warning. On Instrument Panel ................. 127
L o r lding ..Tires ....................................
304
Idine:
Your
Vehicle
...............................
Lor
304
............................. 67
Lock.
Log. Operating Record.............. See Maint.Book. p.44
Long Distance Driving ..............................
201
Loss Of Control ....................................
189
Low Battery. WhatTo Do About A....................
223
Low Oil Pressure. Warning Light For.................. 132
Lubricants. Recommended........... See Maint. Book. p.38
Lumbar Control Switch ...............................
9

.

F
I

r
i
I

P

Y

Rear

M
r-

Maintenance ......................
See Maintenance Book
A Word About ................... See Maint. Book. p.2
Coupons ........................
See Maint.Book. All
Explanation of Services .... See Maint.Book. p.18,20,22,24
Oil Change ......................
See Maint.Book, p.2
Owner Checks .............. See Maint. Book. p.26,28,30
Operating RecordLog .......... See Maint Book. p.44-80
Recommended Fluids ....... See Maint. Book. p.38,40,42
Schedules ............... See Maint. Book. p.10,12,14,16
Service Ctr. Inspec. & Sew. . . See Maint. Book. p.32,34,36
Service Station Owner Checks ...... See Maint. Book. p.8
Maintenance Record ................ See Maint.Book. p.44
Markings. Pavement ................................
173
Master Cylinder. Brake..............................
290
Methanol In Gasoline ...............................
263
MileageIndicator ..................................
125

.

P

9

.

' I

Mirrors. Front Seat Vanity ...........................
117
Mirrors. Inside Daymight Rearview ................... 115
Mirrors. Outside ...................................
118
Mist.DrivingIn .................................... 196
Mobile Telephone. AddingA ......................
155. 326
MountainDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
203
MTBE In Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Mud. I f You’re Stuck In .............................
260

N
“N”(Neutral) Gear Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

NewVehicle “Break-In” ..............................
Night. Driving At ...................................
NightVision .......................................
Notices About Damage ................................

79
190
191
2

.
10
Occupant Restraint ..................................
Octane Required For Your Car .......................
262
127
Odometer .........................................
125
Odometer And Speedometer .........................
126
Odometer. Trip ....................................
Off (Ignition Key Position) ............................
80
186
Off Road Recovery .................................
269
Oil. Engine ........................................
Oil. When To Change Your Engine ....................
275
Oil Life Indicator ...................................
143
273
OilQuality ........................................
274
Oil Thickness (Viscosity) ............................
Operating Record .................. See Maint . Book. p .44
264
Operation in Foreign Countries .......................
146
Outside Air .......................................
118
Outside Mirrors ....................................
86
Overdrive. Automatic ................................
Overheated Engine. Warning Light For ................ 130
Owner Checks& Services ............ See Maint . Book. p.26

P
“P” (Park) Position ..................................
Paint Spotting.Chemical ............................

ParkPosition .......................................
Park. Shifting Into ...................................

.

c

.

.

.

84
323
84
90

10

.

r
r
r
I

r
r

Park. Shifting Out Of ................................
93
Parking Brake ......................................
88
Parking Downhill ...................................
206
Parking On Hills ...................................
205
Parking Over Things That Burn ........................
94
Parking UpJhill .....................................
206
PASSKey
(PersonalizedAutomotiveSecurity Sys) ...... 77
Passing Another Vehicle .............................
187
Pavement Markings .................................
173
Pedal ’Ikavel. Brake .................................
184
Perception Time. In Braking .........................
179
PolishingandWaxing ...............................
321
Possible Damage to Your Cadillac. Notices About ......... 2
Possible Injury To People. Cautions About ................ 1
Power
164
Antenna. Cleaning The ...........................
DoorLocks ......................................
66
Seat Controls .....................................
6
Steering ........................................
184
Steering Fluid ...................................
286
Windows ........................................
97
Pregnancy. Use Of Safety BeltsDuring ................. 36
Problems On The Road .............................
220
Product Serv.Publications ............See Owner Assistance
Proper Safety Belt Usage, ForAdults ................... 18
Pull Down System, Trunk .............................
74

F

r
P

r

“R” (Reverse) Gear Position ..........................
85
Racing. Shifting WhenYour Engine Is .................. 86
Radiator Overheating ...............................
233
Radiator Pressure Cap ..............................
286
Radio. TWO-Way. Adding A .......................
155. 326
Radio Systems .....................................
153
Rain. Driving In ....................................
193
Reaction Time. In Braking ...........................
179
Reading Lights .....................................
114
Rear Ashtray ......................................
122
Rear Door Security Lock .............................
67
Rear Window Defogger .............................
151
Reclining Seat .......................................
7
Recommended Fluids & Lubricants ... See Maint . Book. p.3.8
Recovery. OffRoad ................................. 186
Recreational Vehicle. Towing A .......................
213
Remote Fuel Door .................................
265

F

11

Remote ’Runk Release ...............................
74
Remote Keyless Entry .................................
68
Replacement Fasteners ..............................
262
Replacing Brake System Parts ........................
293
ReplacingSafety Belts ...............................
61
Replacing Tires ....................................
310
ReplacingWheels ..................................
313
Reporting Safety Defects
to Canadian Gov’t. ................See Owner Assistance
to General Motors ................ See Owner Assistance
to U.S. Gov’t .....................
See Owner Assistance
Restarting Your Car When It’s Moving ................. 86
Restraint, Infant ....................................
46
Restraint, Occupant .................................
10
Restraint Systems, Checking Your ......................
61
Restraints, Child ....................................
46
Restraints, Head ....................................
10
Restraints, Larger Children ...........................
57
Retained Accessory Power ...........................
327
Reverse Gear Position ...............................
85
“ Riding” The Brakes ...............................
180
Road Sensing Suspension ............................
143
Road, Your Driving And The .........................
165
RoadSigns ........................................
165
Roads, Hill and Mountain ...........................
203
Rocking Your Car Out Of Snow, Ice, Sand Or Mud ...... 260
Rotation, Tire .....................................
309
Rotate, If You’re Stuck And Your Front Wheels Can’t ..... 88
Run (Ignition Key Position) ...........................
80
Running Your Engine While You’re Parked .............. 96

S
Safety Belt Extender .................................
61
Safety Belt Reminder Light .........................
11,17
Safety Belt Replacement, Need For ....................
61
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy .....................
36
Safety Belt Usage By Adults ...........................
18
Safety Belt UsageBy Children .........................
43
SafetyBelts ........................................
10
Safety Belts, Center Rear Passenger’s Position ........... 41
Safety Belts, Cleaning ...............................
319
Safety Belts, How To Wear Properly ....................
18
Safety Belts, Torn ....................................
62
Safety Belts, Rear Seat ...............................
38
Safety Belts, Replacing After A Crash .................. 61

12

c

-f

---+

..-

c

r
r
1

r
i

r
P

r
r
L

r
r
r

Safety Belts. Right Front. Adult Passenger ............... 37
Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone .....................
10
Safety Belts. misted .................................
29
Safety Belts. Why To Wear ............................
12
SafetyCautions ......................................
1
Safety Defects
Reporting to Canadian Gov’t .......See Owner Assistance
Reporting to General Motors .......See Owner Assistance
Reporting to U.S. Gov’t ............See Owner Assistance
Safety Warnings ......................................
1
Sand. If You’re StuckIn .............................
260
Schedule I Maint. Sew............... See Maint. Book. p.14
Schedule I1 Maint. Serv.............. See Maint.Book, p.16
Scheduled Maint. Serv.,
Explanation of .................. See Maint. Book, p.18
Seat. Lumbar and Heated ..............................
9
Seat Belt (Any Subject) ..............................
10 Seats and Safety Belts.................................
6
Seat Controls ........................................
6
Second Gear. When To Use ...........................
87
Securing A Child Restraint............................
46
Selecting the Right Schedule......... See Maint. Book. p. 12
Service and Appearance Care .........................
261
.& Sew......... See Maint.Book. p.32
Service Center Inspec
Service Engine Soon Warning Light ................... 130
Service Information..................See Owner Assistance
326
Service Parts Identification Label .....................
Service Station Checks ............... See Maint. Book. p.8
Servicing Cadillac withthe Air Bag System .............. 35
Setting The Clock ..................................
162
Setting The Trip Odometer ..........................
126
322
Sheet Metal Damage ................................
ShiftLever.Console .................................
91
Shift Lever. PositionsOf ..............................
84
Shift Lever. Steering Column ..........................
90
Shifting Into Park ...................................
90
Shifting Out Of Park .................................
93
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster .........................
22
Shoulder Belt Tightness Adjustment ....................
24
Signaling nrns ....................................
100
Signs. Road .................-......................
165
S.I.R. ..............................................
30
Skidding ..........................................
189
Slippery Surfaces. DrivingOn ....... .,................ 209
Smaller Children. UseOf Lap-Shoulder Belt ............. 43
Snow. If You’re Stuck In Deep ........................
212

P

13

Snow Or Ice, Driving On ............................
209
Snowstorm, If You're Caught In A Bad ................ 211
Solvent-IZLpe Cleaner On Fabric ......................
317
Sound Equipment, Adding ........................
155,326
Sound System, How to Operate Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Spare Tire, Compact ................................ 258
Spark Plug Replacement ............ See Maint. Book, p.22
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Speedometer And Odometer .........................
125
Speed Sensitive Steering .............................
142
SpeedSensitiveSuspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Stains, Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .718
Start (Ignition Key Position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hi I
SI I
StartingYour Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
Starting Your Car If The Ba1tc.n I \ * ~ I k ; d "
..
1
1
Steam From Hot (0vcrhc;ttc.tf)I..npnc .
,'f I<
Steep Hill, Parking On A . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I k-4
. . . . '8 I
Steering Column Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering In Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IH5
Steering Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x4
Steering Wheel,Tilt .................................
98
Steering Without Power Assist ........................
184
Stereo Sound Systems ...............................
155
Storage, Center Console ..............................
73
Storing Your Vehicle ................................
294
Stuck, If Your Ignition Key Is ..........................
80
Stuck, If Car Is In Sand, Mud, IceOr Snow ............ 212
Subscribing to Cadillac Prod. Sew. Pub...... See Own. Assist.
Sunglass Compartment ..............................
120
Sunglasses,WearingAt Night ........................
191
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (S.I.R.) ............... 30
Surge Tank Pressure Cap ............................
286
Symbols Used On Your Vehicle .........................3
"

-

T
Table Of Contents ......... See Front of Owner Info. Manual
133
Tachometer .......................................
TaillightBulbReplacement ..........................
298
Tamper-Resistance Of Odometer .....................
127
Tape Player Care ...................................
163
Temperature, Engine, Warning Light .................. 130
Theft ..............................................
75
Theft Deterrent System ..............................
76
Thermostat ........................................
286

C
I

b

p'
I

r
I

i

f
!
6

I:

r..

Third Gear. When To Use ............................
87
Tilt Steering Wheel ..................................
98
Time.SettingThe ..................................
162
Tire Chains ........................................
314
Tire. Flat ..........................................
249
TirePressureInflation ..............................
307
Tire Inspection and Rotation .........................
309
Tires ..Loading ....................................
306
Tire Quality Grading ................................
311
Tires .............................................
306
Tires. When It's Time For New Tires .................. 310
Torn Safety Belts ....................................
62
Torque Lock (Auto Transaxle) ........................
207
Towing A Qailer ...................................
213
TowingYourVehicle ................................
229
TractionControlSystem(STS) .......................
123
Trademarks. GM ...................................
261
TrafficLights ......................................
172
TrafficOfficer .....................................
174
nailer Towing .....................................
213
Tkansaxle. Automatic .................................
83
'RansaxleFluid ....................................
278
Transaxle GearPositions .............................
83
Transaxle Service ................... See Maint . Book. p.22
Travel.BrakePedal .................................
184
TripOdometer .....................................
126
TrunkRelease.Remote ..............................
74
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator ................ 100
TbrnSignalmeadlightBeam .........................
101
milight Sentinel ...................................
111
'Ilvisted Safety Belts ..................................
29
Two Children Wearing The Same Safety Belt............. 59

U
r
i

e

r
15

ti

.

.

V
Vanity Mirrors. Front Seat ...........................
117
VehicleDamageWarnings .............................
2
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................. 325
Vehicle Storage ....................................
294
VehicleSymbols ......................................
3
Vents .............................................
146
Vinyl. Cleaning ....................................
319

.

.

W
Warning Lights .....................................
127
Flashers. Warning Hazard .........................
221
Light. Anti-Lock Brake System ................. 129. 181
Light. Brake System ..............................
128
Light. Engine Oil Pressure ........................
132
Lights. On Instrument Panel .......................
127
Lights. Service Engine Soon .......................
130
Lights: What To Do If One Goes On ................ 127
Warnings.Safety .....................................
1
Warnings. Vehicle Damage .............................
2
Washer. Headlight ..................................
104
Washer.Windshield .................................
103
Water. Don’t Use ..For Windshield Washer ............ 104
WearIndicators.DiscBrake .........................
183
Weatherstrips.Cleaning .............................
322
WetRoadDriving ..................................
193
Wheel Alignment And Tire Balance ................... 313
Wheel Nut Torque ..................................
257
Wheel Replacement ................................
313
Why Safety Belts Work ...............................
12
Why Wear Safety Belts? ..............................
10
Window Express Down. Driver’s Side ................... 97
Windows. Power ....................................
97
Windshield
Cleaning The ...................................
320
Washer .........................................
103
Washer Fluid ....................................
288
Wipers .........................................
102
WiperBladeReplacement ........................
299
Wipers: If They Stop .............................
333
Winter Driving .....................................
208
WorkingOnYourVehicle ...........................
261
Worn Tires ........................................
310
Wrecker Towing ....................................
229

.

.

.

4

c

.

.

..
-

.

.

16

L:J

>
7

8
0
a
\G

cn

I 1.J

i',

b

i



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.5-c012 1.149602, 2012/10/10-18:10:24
Format                          : application/pdf
Subject                         : Owner's Manual
Description                     : Owner's Manual
Modified                        : 2014:10:26 07:06:38-04:00
Creator                         : Creative Document Solutions, LLC.
Title                           : Owner's Manual
Size                            : 22478534
Author                          : Creative Document Solutions, LLC.
Extracted                       : 2014:10:17 12:06:14-04:00
Sha 1                           : 870381f1b0accec1dc7caba1437b2252ae0cbd00
Modify Date                     : 2001:10:31 09:25:11-05:00
Metadata Date                   : 2001:10:31 09:25:11-05:00
Create Date                     : 2001:10:10 19:38:44-04:00
Creator Tool                    : Acrobat Capture 3.0
Keywords                        : Owner's Manual
Producer                        : Adobe PDF Library 4.0
Style                           : Searchable Image (Exact)
Tags                            : OwnerCenter:GMNA/asset_type/owner_manual, OwnerCenter:GMNA/1993/cadillac/seville
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Count                      : 407

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools